3Com 7750 Series manuale d’uso

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide www. 3Com.com Part Number: 10015463 Rev . AB September 2006[...]

Copyright © 2006, 3Com Corporation. All rights reserved. No part of this documentati on may be reproduced in any form or by any means or used to make any d erivative work (such as transl ation, transformation, or adapta tion) without written permission from 3Com Corporation. 3Com Corporation reserves the ri ght to revise this documentation and to [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – CLI Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 CLI Configuration Comma nds .................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 CLI Configuration Com mand s ........................................................................................... 1-1 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – CLI Chapter 1 CLI Configuration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 CLI Configuration Commands 1.1 CLI Configuration Commands 1.1.1 command-privilege level Syntax command-privilege level level view view command undo command-privilege view view command View System view Parameter level : Command Level. Thi s arg[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – CLI Chapter 1 CLI Configuration Commands 1-2 1.1.2 display history-command Syntax display history-command View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display history-command command to display hi story commands. All the history commands are saved in the hi story command cache. When the histor[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – CLI Chapter 1 CLI Configuration Commands 1-3 well to switch to the higher user level. Y ou w ill remain in the original user level if you fail to provide the correct password. Note that: z Users logging into a switch also fall into four level s, each of which correspondin g to one of the command l[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – CLI Chapter 1 CLI Configuration Commands 1-4 pass wor d : Password to be s et. If you specify th e simple keyword, provide this argument in plain text. If you specify the cipher keyword, you can provide this argument in either encrypted text or plain text. In this case, a p assword containing no m[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Log in Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Login Commands ........................................................................................................ 1-1 1.1 Login Commands ....................................................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 Login Commands 1.1 Login Commands 1.1.1 authentication-mode Syn tax authentication-m ode { p assword | scheme [ command-authorization ] | none } View User interface view Parameter p assword : Authenticates users usi ng the local password. scheme : Authe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-2 Example # Configure to authenticate use r s usi ng t he local password on the AUX interface. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] user-interface aux 0 [3Com-ui-aux0] authentication-mode password 1.1.2 auto-execute command [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-3 Example # Configure the telnet 10.1 10.100.1 command to be executed automatically af ter users log into VTY 0. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] user-interface vty 0 [3Com-ui-vty0] auto-execute command telnet 10.110.100[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-4 View Any view Parameter type : User interface type. number : User interface number . summary : Displays the summary inform ation abo ut a user interface. Description Use the display user-interface com mand to display the information about a specified user interfa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-5 Filed Description Tx/Rx Transmission spee d of the use r interface Modem Indicates whether or not a modem is used. Privi Available command level Auth Authentication mode Int Physical position of the user interface A The current user is authenticated by AAA. N Use[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-6 <3Com> display users UI Delay Type Ipaddress Username Userlevel F 0 AUX 0 00:00:00 3 1 VTY 0 00:06:08 TEL 192.168.0.3 + : Current operation user. F : Current operation user work in async mode.F 0 AUX 0 00:00:00 Table 1-2 Descriptions on the fields of the di[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-7 Description Use the flow-control command to configure the flow control mode of the use r interface. Use the undo flow-control command to resto re the default flow control mode of the user inte rface. By default, flow control is not performed. This command can onl[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-8 After you execute this com mand, user interface VTY 0 will be disconnected. The user in it must log in again to connect to the switch. 1.1.8 header Syn tax header [ incoming | login | shell ] text undo header { incoming | login | shell } View System view Paramete[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-9 Y ou can specify the banner in th e following three ways, each of wh ich requires that the first character and the last characte r of the banner be the same. z Enter the banner in multiple lines. If you only type one character in the first line of a banner , the [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-10 (The beginning and end ch aracters of the banner are not displ ayed .) <3Com> Option 2: Enter the banner in multiple lines. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] header shell %SHELL: (Following appears af ter you pre[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-11 Use the undo history-command max-size command to revert to the default history command buf fer size. Example # Set the size of the history command bu f f er of AUX 0 to 20 to enable it to store up to 20 commands. <3Com> system-view System View: return to U[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-12 1.1.11 lock Syn tax lock View User view Parameter None Description Use the lock command to lock the current user interface to prevent unauthorized operations in the user interf ace. With the execution of this command, the sy stem prompts to ent er and confirm th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-13 Description Use the modem command to configure the both attribute of the Modem. Use the undo modem command to disable the bo th configuration. Both call in and call o ut are allowed when the modem command is executed without any keyword. Both call in and call ou[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-14 [3Com] user-interface aux 0 [3Com>-ui-aux0] modem auto-answer 1.1.14 modem timer answer Syn tax modem timer answer seconds undo modem timer answer View User interface view Parameter seconds : W aiting timeout time, in seconds, ranging from 1 to 60.The default[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-15 none : Does not check. odd : Performs odd checks. sp ace : Perfor ms space checks. Description Use the pa r i t y command to set the check mode of the user interface. Use the undo p arit y command to revert to the default che ck mode. Use these two commands in A[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-16 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] user-interface vty 0 [3Com-ui-vty0] protocol inbound ssh 1.1.17 screen-length Syn tax screen-length screen-l ength undo screen-length View User interface view Parameter screen-length : Number of lines the scre[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-17 Parameter all : Sends messages to all user interfaces. type : User interface type. number : Absolute or relative index of the user interface. Description Use the send command to send messages to a specified u ser interface or all user interfaces . Example # Send[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-18 Description Use the service-ty pe command to specify the login type and the corresponding available command level. Use the undo service-ty pe com m an d to cancel login type configuration. Commands fall into four com mand levels: access, monitor , system, and ad[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-19 telnet Establish one TELNET connection tracert Trace route function undo Cancel current setting 1.1.20 set authentication p assw ord Syn tax set authentication p assword { cipher | simple } passwo rd undo set authentication p assword View User interface view Par[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-20 Example # Set the local password of VTY 0 to “123”. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] user-interface vty 0 [3Com-ui-vty0] set authentication password simple 123 1.1.21 shell Syn tax shell undo shell View User inter[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-21 1.1.22 speed Syn tax speed speed-value undo speed View User interface view Parameter speed-va lue : T ransmission speed (in bp s). This argument can be 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19,200, 38,400, 57,60 0 , and 1 15,200 and defaults to 9,600. Description Us[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-22 Description Use the stopbit s command to set the stop bits of the user interface. Use the undo stopbit s command to revert to the default stop bits. Use these two commands in the AUX user interface only . By default, the stop bits is 1.  Note: Changing the va[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-23 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] sysname ABC [ABC] 1.1.25 telnet Syn tax telnet { hostnam e | ip-address } [ service-port ] View User view Parameter hostname : Host name of the remote switch. Y ou can use the ip host [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-24 View System view Parameter type : User interface type. first-number : User interface index, which id entifies the first user interface to be configured. last-number : User interface index, which identif ies the last user interface to be configured. Description U[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Login Chapter 1 Login Commands 1-25 Example # Configure that commands of level 0 are av ailable to the use rs logging into VTY 0. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] user-interface vty 0 [3Com-ui-vty0] user privilege level 0 # Y ou can verify the above con[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Log in Chapter 2 Commands for User Control 2-1 Chapter 2 Commands for User Control 2.1 Commands for Controlling Logging in Users 2.1.1 acl Syn tax acl acl-number { inbound | outbound } undo acl { inbound | outbound } View User interface view Parameter acl-number : ACL number ranging from 2,000 to [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Log in Chapter 2 Commands for User Control 2-2 View System view Parameter read : S pecifies that the community has read -only permission in the specified vie w . Wri te : S pecifies that the community has read/write permission in the specified view . community-nam e : Community name. A string rang[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Log in Chapter 2 Commands for User Control 2-3 View System view Parameter v1 : S pecifies to adopt v1 security scheme. v2c : S pecifie s to adopt v2c security scheme. v3 : S pecifies to adopt v3 security scheme. group-name : Group name. This argument can be of 1 to 32 characters. authentication : [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Log in Chapter 2 Commands for User Control 2-4 2.1.4 snmp-agent usm-user Syn tax snmp-agent usm-user { v1 | v2c } user-name group-name [ acl acl-number ] undo snmp-agent usm-user { v1 | v2 c } user-name gro up-name snmp-agent usm-user v3 user-n ame group-nam e [ authentication-mode { md5 | sha } a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Log in Chapter 2 Commands for User Control 2-5 Description Use the snmp-agent usm-user comma nd to add a u ser to a speci fied SNMP group. Y ou can also optionally use this command to apply an ACL to filter network management users. Use the undo snmp-agent usm-us er command to remove a user from t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Confi guratio n File Mana gem ent Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Configuration File Manage ment Comm ands ............................................................ 1-1 1.1 Configuration File Management Co mmand s .................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Confi guration File Managem ent Chapter 1 Configuration Fil e Management Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Commands 1.1 Configuration File Management Commands 1.1.1 display cu rrent-configuration Syntax display current-configuration [ [ controller | interface [ interface-type [[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Confi guration File Managem ent Chapter 1 Configuration Fil e Management Commands 1-2 exclude : Displays the configuration excluding the sp ecified characters. include : Displays the configuration inclu ding the spe cified characters. text : T ext included in a configuration item, expressed in a [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Confi guration File Managem ent Chapter 1 Configuration Fil e Management Commands 1-3 Description Use the display current-configura tion command to display the currently effect ive configuration paramete rs o f the switch. By default, if some running configuration p a rameters are the same with t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Confi guration File Managem ent Chapter 1 Configuration Fil e Management Commands 1-4 vlan 1 # vlan 2 # interface Vlan-interface1 # interface Vlan-interface2 ip address 10.1.1.2 255.255.255.0 # interface Aux0/0 # interface Ethernet1/0/1 duplex full speed 1000 port access vlan 2 # interface Ethern[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Confi guration File Managem ent Chapter 1 Configuration Fil e Management Commands 1-5 # View co nfig uration information of all the VLANs. <3Com> display current-configuration vlan # vlan 1 description TestVlan1 igmp-snooping enable # vlan 10 description testVlan10 igmp-snooping enable # vl[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Confi guration File Managem ent Chapter 1 Configuration Fil e Management Commands 1-6 interface Ethernet2/0/1 network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 # View co nfiguration information begi nni ng with “user”. <3Com> display current-configuration | include ^user user-interface aux 0 user-interface vt[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Confi guration File Managem ent Chapter 1 Configuration Fil e Management Commands 1-7 1.1.2 display sa ved-configuration Syntax display saved-configuration View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display saved-configuration command to view the config uration files saved in the flash memo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Confi guration File Managem ent Chapter 1 Configuration Fil e Management Commands 1-8 # ospf 1 # ip route-static 10.12.0.0 255.255.0.0 Ethernet 12/0/0 # user-interface con 0 user-interface aux 0 user-interface vty 0 4 authentication-mode none # return The configurations listed above are global co[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Confi guration File Managem ent Chapter 1 Configuration Fil e Management Commands 1-9 Example # Display the running configuration p arameters in system view . <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] display this # sysname 3Com S6506R # ftp server enable ftp t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Confi guration File Managem ent Chapter 1 Configuration Fil e Management Commands 1-10 Related command: st artup saved-configuration . Example # Display the configuration filenames used for the current and the next st art-ups. <3Com> display startup MainBoard: Startup saved-configuration fi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Confi guration File Managem ent Chapter 1 Configuration Fil e Management Commands 1-11 <3Com> reset saved-configuration The saved configuration will be erased. Are you sure?[Y/N]y Configuration in flash memory is being cleared. Please wait ... .... Configuration in flash memory is cleared. [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Confi guration File Managem ent Chapter 1 Configuration Fil e Management Commands 1-12 Example # Get the current configuration files store d in the flash memory . <3Com> save The configuration will be written to the device. Are you sure?[Y/N]y Now saving current configuration to the device.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 VLAN Conf iguration Commands ................................................................................ 1-1 1.1 VLAN Configur ation Commands........................................................................................ [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.1 broadcast-suppression Syn tax broadcast-suppression { ratio | pp s pps } undo broadcast-suppres sion View VLAN view Parameter ratio : S pecifies the b andwi d th rat[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-2 1.1.2 description Syn tax description { string | text } undo description View VLAN view , VLAN interfac e view Parameter string : Contig uous string descri bing the VLAN. It contains 1 to 32 characters wi thout space. The default value is th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-3 Parameter vlan - id : ID of the specific VLAN interface. Description Use the display interface Vlan-inter face command to display the related information of a VLAN interface, including, phy sical st ate and li nk state of the VLAN interface,[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-4 1.1.4 display vlan Syn tax display vlan [ vlan-id [ to vlan-id ] | all | st atic | dynamic ] View Any view Parameter vlan-id : S pecifies the VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. to : S pecifies multiple contiguous VLAN IDs. all : S pecifies to [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-5 Untagged Ports: Ethernet3/0/30 Table 1-2 Description of the fields of the display vlan command z Field z Description z VLA N ID z VLAN ID z VLA N Type z VLAN type (dynamic or static) z Rout e Interf ace z Whether the routing interface functi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-6 Description Use the interface Vlan-interface command to create a VLAN interface or enter VLAN interface view . Use the undo interface Vlan-interfa ce command to delete the VLAN interface. Related command: display interface Vlan-interface . E[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-7 1.1.7 shut dow n Syn tax shut down undo shut down View VLAN interface view Parameter None Description Use the shut dow n command to disable a VLAN interface. Use the undo shut down command to enable a VLAN interface. By default, a VLAN inter[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-8 View System view Parameter vlan-id : ID of the VLAN that you want to enter . It s valu e ranges from 1 to 4094. to : S pecifies the range of VLANs to be removed. all : S pecifies to remove all VLANs. Description Use the vlan command to enter[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-9 View System view Parameter vlan-id : ID of the initial VLAN to be created, in the range of 1 to 4,094. to : S pecifies the range of VLANs. vlan-id2 : ID of the terminal VLAN to be created, in the range of 1 to 4,094, no smaller than the vlan[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-10 1.1.10 vlan all Syn tax vlan all undo vlan all View System view Parameter None Description Use the vlan all command to create al l the VLANs, namely , VLA N 2 to VLAN 4,094. Use the undo vlan all command to remove all the VLANs. Caution: z [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-11 This may delete all static VLAN except the VLAN kept by proto col and the default VLAN. Continue?[Y/N]:y This operation may take a few minutes. Please wait... Can't delete vlan when shared-vlan enabled! Can't delete vlan when voic[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-12 Caution: The port command is only applicable to access p orts. T o add trunk port s and hybrid ports to a V LAN, you can use the port trunk permit vlan and port hybrid vl an commands in Ethernet port view . For related command information, [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-13 Example # Display protocol information and protoc ol index configured for Ethernet1/0 /1 and Ethernet1/0/2 port s. <3Com> display protocol-vlan interface Ethernet 1/0/1 to Ethernet 1/0/2 Interface: Ethernet1/0/1 VLAN ID Protocol-Index[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-14 4 3 ip 172.168.0.1 255.255.0.0 4 4 ip 172.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 1.3.3 display pr otocol-vlan vlan Syn tax display protocol-vlan vlan { vlan - id [ to vlan - id ] | all } View Any view Parameter vlan - id : VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-15 1.3.4 port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan Syn tax port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan vlan-id { protocol-index [ to protocol-end ] | all } undo port hybrid protoco l -v lan vlan vlan-id { protocol-in dex [ to protocol-end ] | all } View Ethernet port[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-16 View System view Parameter vlan-id : VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. protocol-index : Beginning protocol index, ranging fro m 0 to 6. Its value m ust be smaller than or equal to the value of the protocol-end argumen t . protocol-end : End [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-17 Example # Associate protocols 0 to 6 in VLAN3 with board 5. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] protocol-vlan vlan 3 0 to 6 slot 5 1.3.6 protocol-vlan Syn tax protocol-vlan [ protocol-index ] { at |[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-18 protocol-end : End protocol index, ranging from 0 to 6. Note that its value must be l arger than or equal to the value of the protocol-index argument. all : S pecifies all protocol indices. Description Use the protocol-v lan command to conf[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VLAN Comm ands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1-19 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] vlan 3 [3Com-vlan3] protocol-vlan ip # Configure VLAN 5 as a VLAN based on network se gment 123.34.56.0. [3Com-vlan3] vlan 5 [3Com-vlan5] protocol-vlan ip 123.34.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Voice VLAN C onfiguration Commands ..................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Voice VLAN Conf iguration Commands .........................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Confi gurati on Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display voice vlan oui Syn tax dis pla y vo i ce vla n oui View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display voice vlan oui [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Confi gurati on Commands 1-2 Parameter None Description Use the display voice vlan st atus command to display voice VLAN-related information, including voice VLAN status (disabled/enabled), se curity mode, aging time, port mode (manual mode or auto[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Confi gurati on Commands 1-3 Caution: The “Current voice vlan enable port mode” field list s the ports with the voice VLAN function enabled. Note that a po rt listed in this field may not currently ope rate in a voice VLAN. T o check the ports [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Confi gurati on Commands 1-4 1.1.4 voice vlan Syn tax voice vlan vlan-id enable undo voice vlan enable View System view Parameter vlan-id : ID of the VLAN that needs to be enabled with the voice VLAN functio n, ranging from 2 to 4094. Description U[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Confi gurati on Commands 1-5 1.1.5 voice vlan aging Syn tax voice vlan aging m inutes undo voice vlan aging View System view Parameter minutes : Aging time (in minutes) to be set for a voice V LAN. This argument ranges from 5 to 43,200 and default [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Confi gurati on Commands 1-6 Use the undo voice vlan enable command to disa ble the voice VLAN function for a port. z The voice VLAN function takes effect on a port only when it is enabled in both system view and port view. z The access port worki [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Confi gurati on Commands 1-7 Use the undo voice vl an mac-address command to disable a MAC address from being used to identify voice devices. A switch can use up to 16 MAC addresses to identify voice device s, including the five default OUI address[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Confi gurati on Commands 1-8 Use the undo voice vlan mode auto command to configure an Ethernet port to operate in the manual voice VLAN mode. By default, an Ethernet port operates in the automatic voice VLAN mode. Related command: display voice vl[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Confi gurati on Commands 1-9 [3Com] undo voice vlan security enable[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 2 isolate-user-VLAN Configuration Commands 2-1 Chapter 2 isolate-user-VLAN Configuration Commands  Note: Y ou need to configure the hybrid attribute fo r a port in the process of configuring an isolate-user-VLAN. For hybrid port -rel ated commands, refer to [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 2 isolate-user-VLAN Configuration Commands 2-2 Isolate-user-VLAN type : isolate-user-VLAN Route Interface: not configured Description: VLAN 0003 Tagged Ports: none Untagged Ports: Ethernet1/0/4 Ethernet1/0/8 Ethernet1/0/18 Vlan ID: 4 Vlan Type: static Private-v[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 2 isolate-user-VLAN Configuration Commands 2-3 Description Use the isolate-user-vlan command to establi s h the mapping between the isolate-user-VLAN and the seconda ry VLAN. Use the undo isolate-user-vlan command to cancel the mappin g between the isolate-user[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Exte nded VLAN Application s Chapter 2 isolate-user-VLAN Configuration Commands 2-4 Note: z Multiple isolate-user-VLANs ca n be configured for a switch. z With GVRP function enabled, a swit ch cannot be enabled with isolate-user-VLAN function. z The isolate-user-VLAN function an d super VLAN funct[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Extended VLAN Appl icat ions Chapter 3 Super VLAN Configurati on Commands 3-1 Chapter 3 Super VLAN Configuration Commands 3.1 Super VLAN Configuration Commands 3.1.1 dhcp-server Syn tax dhcp-server groupNo undo dhcp - server View VLAN interface view Parameter groupN o : Number of DHCP server , ra[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Extended VLAN Appl icat ions Chapter 3 Super VLAN Configurati on Commands 3-2 Description Use the display superv lan command to view the mapping relationship bet ween Super VLAN and Sub VLAN, and the port s identifying mapping relationship between sup er VLAN and sub VLAN. Related command: super [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Extended VLAN Appl icat ions Chapter 3 Super VLAN Configurati on Commands 3-3 Broadcast MAX-ratio: 100 Tagged Ports: none Untagged Ports: Ethernet3/0/4 3.1.3 subvlan Syn tax subvlan vlan-list undo subvlan [ vlan-list ] View VLAN view of the super VLAN Parameter vlan-list : List of sub VLANs, prov[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Extended VLAN Appl icat ions Chapter 3 Super VLAN Configurati on Commands 3-4 Example # Establish th e mapping relationship betwee n sub VLAN 3, 4, 5, 9 and super VLAN 10. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] vlan 10 [3Com-vlan10] supervlan [3Com-vlan10] s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – Extended VLAN Appl icat ions Chapter 3 Super VLAN Configurati on Commands 3-5[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e — IP / IPX Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands ....................................................................... 1-1 1.1 IP Address Configuration Commands ............................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 di[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e — IP / IPX Table of Contents ii 3.1.15 ipx route-static ..................................................................................................... 3-16 3.1.16 ipx sap disable ..................................................................................................... 3-17 3.1.17[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1.1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display ip interface Syn tax display ip interface [ brief ] [ interface-type [ interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-num be[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1-2 Source quench: 0 Routing redirect: 0 Echo request: 0 Router advert: 0 Router solicit: 0 Time exceed: 0 IP header bad: 0 Timestamp request: 0 Timestamp reply: 0 Information request: 0 Information reply: 0 Netmask request: 0 Netmask reply: 0 U[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1-3 Field Description ICMP packet input number: 0 E c h o r e p l y : 0 U n r e a c h a b l e : 0 Source quench: 0 R o u t i n g r e d i r e c t : 0 Echo request: 0 R o u t e r a d v e r t : 0 R o u t e r s o l i c i t : 0 T i m e e x c e e d : [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1-4 sub : Secondary IP address of a VLAN or loopback i nterface. Description Use the ip address command to spe cify an IP address and m ask for a VLAN or loopback interface. Use the undo ip address command to remove a n IP addre ss and mask of a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-1 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands 2.1 IP Performance Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display fib Syn tax display fib fib-rule View Any view Parameter fib-rule : S pecifies FIB entries that conform to sp ecific rules. It can [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-2 Description Use the display fib command to vie w the summary of t he forwarding information b ase (FIB). Each line indicates an FIB entry . The information includes: destination address/mask length, next hop, current flag, timestamp, a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-3 <3Com>display fib acl 2001 Route Entry matched by access-list 2001 Summary Counts :1 Destination/Mask Nexthop Flag TimeStamp Interface 211.71.75.0/24 1.1.1.2 GSU t[250763] Vlan-interface2 # View all the lines from th e line conta[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-4 timestamp 0 information reply 0 mask requests 0 mask replies 0 time exceeded 0 Table 2-3 Description on the fields of the display icmp st atistics command Field Description bad formats Numb er of input packets in bad formats bad checks[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-5 Description Use the display ip socket command to displ ay the informatio n of the curre nt socket. Example # Display the information about the socket of the TCP type. <3Com> display ip socket socktype 1 SOCK_STREAM: Task = VTYD(1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-6 Field Description socket option Option of a socket socket state State of a socket 2.1.4 display ip st atistics Syn tax display ip st atistics View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ip st atistics command to view the s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-7 Field Description number bad format Number of packets in bad format bad checksum Number of packets with bad chec ksum bad options Number of packets with wrong options forwarding Number of forwarded packets local Number of packet s sent[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-8 Example # View the st atistics about TCP packets. <3Com> display tcp statistics Received packets: Total: 753 packets in sequence: 412 (11032 bytes) window probe packets: 0, window update packets: 0 checksum error: 0, offset error[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-9 Field Description checksum error/ offset error/ short error Number of checksum errors/number of offset errors/number of short errors duplicate packets/ partially duplicate packets Number of duplicate packets/number of partially duplica[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-10 Field Description Packets dropped with MD5 authentication Number of dropped packets with MD5 authentication Packets permitted with MD5 authentication Number of permitted packets with MD5 authentication 2.1.6 display tcp st atus Syn ta[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-11 2.1.7 display ud p statistics Syn tax display ud p st atis tics View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ud p statistics command to view the statistics about UDP p ackets. Related command: reset ud p statistics . Examp[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-12 Field Description total broadc ast or multicast packets Total number of transmitted broadcast or multicast packets no socket broadcast or multicast packets Total number of transmitted broadcast or multicast packets whose sockets are n[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-13 2.1.9 ip forward-broadcast Syn tax ip forw ard-bro adcast undo ip forward-broadcast View System view Parameter None Description Use the ip forward-broadcast comm and to forward layer 3 broadcast p ackets. Use the undo ip forward-broad[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-14 Example # Clear the st atistics inform ation about IP p ackets. <3Com> reset ip statistics 2.1.11 reset tcp st atistics Syn tax reset tcp st atistics View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset tcp st atistics comman[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-15 <3Com> reset udp statistics 2.1.13 tcp timer fin-timeout Syn tax tcp timer fin-timeout time-value undo tcp timer fin-timeout View System view Parameter time-value : TCP finwait timer value, in secon ds, with the value ranging fr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-16 Parameter time-value : T CP synwait timer value, in se conds, with the value ranging from 2 to 600. Description Use the tcp timer syn-timeout comm and to configure the TCP sy nwait timer . Use the undo tcp timer syn-timeout command to[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 2 IP Performanc e C onfiguration Commands 2-17 Example # Configure the size of the transmi ssion and receiving buf fers to 3KB. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] tcp window 3[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-1 Chapter 3 IPX Configuration Commands 3.1 IPX Configuration Commands 3.1.1 display ipx interface Syn tax display ipx interface [ Vlan-interface vlan-id ] View Any view Parameter vlan-id : S pecifies a VLAN interface by specifying it s VLAN ID. Desc[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-2 0 RIP general requests received, 0 RIP general responses sent 0 SAP received, 0 SAP sent, 0 SAP discarded 0 SAP requests received, 0 SAP responses sent Table 3-1 Description on the fields of the display ipx interface command Field Description Vlan[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-3 3.1.2 display ip x routing-t able Syn tax display ipx routing-table [ network [ verbose ] | protocol { default | direct | rip | st atic } [ inactive | verbose ] | st atistics | verbose ] View Any view Parameter network : Displays IPX routing infor[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-4 Table 3-2 Description on the fields of the display ipx routing-t able command Field Description Dest_Ntwk_ID Destination network numb er of the route Proto Protocol type of the route Pre Route preference Ticks Tick count of the route Hops Hop coun[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-5 Field Description State The state of the route. It can be active, inactive, or delete. Active indicates that this route is an acti ve route. Inactive indicates that this route is an inactive route. De lete indicate that this route has been deleted[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-6 network network : Displays the network number informatio n of the specified server . The network number comprises eight he xadecim al nu mbers a nd is in the range of 0x1 to 0xFFFFFFFF . The leading 0s can be omitted whe n you input a network numb[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-7 Table 3-5 Description on the fields of the display ipx service -table comm and Field Description Name Server name Type Service type NetId Network number NodeId N ode number Sock Socket Pref Preference Hops H op count Recv-If Name of the interface [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-8 0 requests sent, 0 periodic updates SAP: 0 general requests received 0 specific requests received 0 GNS requests received 0 general responses sent 0 specific responses sent 0 GNS responses sent 0 periodic updates, 0 errors PING: 0 requests sent, 0[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-9 Field Description SAP: 0 general requests received 0 s p e c i f i c r e q u e s t s r e c e i v e d 0 G N S r e q u e s t s r e c e i v e d 0 general responses sent 0 specific responses sent 0 G N S r e s p o n s e s s e n t 0 periodic updates, 0[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-10 3.1.6 ipx encap sulation Syn tax ipx encap sulation [ dot2 | dot3 | ethernet-2 | snap ] undo ipx encap sulation View VLAN interface view Parameter dot2 : Sets the encap sulation format to Ethernet_802.2. dot3 : Sets the encap sulation format to E[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-11 Description Use the ipx netbios-prop agation command to enable the current VLAN interface to forward type 20 broadca st p ackets. Use the undo ipx netbios-prop agation command to disable the current VLAN interface from forwarding type 20 broadcas[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-12 [3Com-Vlan-interface2]ipx network 675 3.1.9 ipx rip im port-route st atic Syn tax ipx rip import-route st atic undo ipx rip import-route st atic View System view Parameter None Description Use the ipx rip import-route st atic command to enable RI[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-13 Description Use the ipx rip mtu command to configure the IPX RIP update packet size. Use the undo ipx rip mtu command to restore the default size. By default, the default size of IPX RIP update p ackets is 432 bytes. Example # Set the maximum RIP[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-14 [3Com] ipx rip multiplier 5 3.1.12 ipx rip timer up date Syn tax ipx rip timer up date seco nds undo ipx rip timer up date View System view Parameter seconds : RIP update interval, in seconds. It is in the range of 10 to 60,000. Description Use t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-15 Description Use the ipx route load-balance-p ath command to configure the maximum number of equivalent routes to the same destination. Use the undo ipx route load-balanc e-p ath command to restore the default value. By default, the maximum number[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-16 Example # Set the maximum number of dynamic routes saved in the device to the same destination to 200. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] ipx route max-reserve-path 200 3.1.15 ipx route-st atic Syn tax ip[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-17 Example # Configure an IPX static route, with th e destination network numb er being 0x5a, next hop being 675.0-0c91-f61f , tick value being 10 and hop cou nt being 2. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-18 Parameter None Description Use the ipx sap gns-disable-reply command to disable IPX GNS reply on the current VLAN interface. Use the undo ipx sap gns-disable-reply command to enable IPX GNS reply on the current VLAN interface. By default, GNS rep[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-19 Example # Respond to GNS request s with the information of the nearest server . <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] undo ipx sap gns-load-balance 3.1.19 ipx sap m ax-reserve-servers Syn tax ipx sap max-re[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-20 View VLAN interface view Parameter bytes : The maximum SAP packet size, in bytes. It is in the range of 480 to 1500. Description Use the ipx sap mtu command to configure th e maximum size of SAP update pack ets. Use the undo ipx sap mtu command t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-21 Example # Set the aging period of the SAP servi ce entries to five times the update interval. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] ipx sap multiplier 5 3.1.22 ipx sap timer up date Syn tax ipx sap timer up [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-22 View System view Parameter servic e-type : A 4-byte hexadecimal number ranging from 0 to FFFF . 0 indicates all the service types. name : S pecifies the server providing the s pecifie d service, a string of 1 to 47 characte rs. network.node : Net[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-23 3.1.24 ipx split-horizon Syn tax ipx split-horizon undo ipx split-horizon View VLAN interface view Parameter None Description Use the ipx split-horizon command to enable split horizon on the current VLAN interface. Use the undo ipx split-horizon [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-24 Use the undo ipx tick command to restore the default value. By default, the forwarding delay on the VLAN interface is one tick. Example # Configure VLAN interf a c e 2 to experience a delay of five ticks before forw arding IPX pack ets. <3Com&[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — IP / IPX Chapter 3 IP X Configuration Commands 3-25 View User view Parameter all : Clears the statistics of all the IPX routes. default : Clears the st atistics of the default IPX routes. direct : Clears the statistics of the direct IPX routes. rip : Clears the statisti cs of the IPX RIP routes. s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — GVRP Commands Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 GVRP Configu ration C om m ands ............................................................................... 1-1 1.1 GARP Configuration Commands ....................................................................................... [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — GVRP Commands Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1.1 GARP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display ga rp st atistics Syn tax display garp st atistics [ interface interface-list ] View Any view Parameter interface-list : List of Ethernet port s. Y ou can spe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — GVRP Commands Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1-2 1.1.2 display garp timer Syn tax display garp timer [ interface interface-list ] View Any view Parameter interface-list : List of Ethernet port s. Y ou can specif y multiple Ethernet ports by providing this argument in the form of interface-l[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — GVRP Commands Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1-3 View Ethernet port view Parameter hold : Sets the GARP Hold timer . When a GARP entity receive s a piece of registration information, it does not send out a Join message im mediately . Instead, to sav e the bandwid th resources, it st arts th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — GVRP Commands Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1-4 Timer Low er threshold Upper threshold Join This lower threshold is greater than or equal to twice the timeout time of the Hold timer. You can change the threshold by changing t he timeout time of the Hold timer. This upper threshold is less [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — GVRP Commands Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1-5 Also note that this argument needs to be a multiple of 5 and cannot be larger than 32,765. By default, the LeaveAll timer is set to 1,000 centiseconds (that is, 10 seconds). Description Use the garp timer leaveall command to set the GA RP Lea[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — GVRP Commands Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1-6 Related command: display garp statistics . Example # Clear GARP st atistics of all ports. <3Com> reset garp statistics 1.2 GVRP Configuration Commands 1.2.1 display gv rp st atistics Syn tax display gvrp st atistics [ interface interfac[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — GVRP Commands Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1-7 GVRP Last Pdu Origin : 0000-0000-0000 GVRP Registration Type : Normal 1.2.2 display gvrp st atus Syn tax display gvrp st atus View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display gvrp st atus command to display the global GVRP status (en [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — GVRP Commands Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1-8 By default, GVRP is disabl ed both glo bally and on ports. Note that: z To enable GVRP for a port, you need to enable GVRP globally first. z GVRP is disabled on any ports if GVRP is disable d globally. In this case, you cannot enable GVRP for[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — GVRP Commands Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1-9 Related command: display g vrp statistics Example # Configure the GVRP reg istration type on the port Ethernet1/0/1 to fixed. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Ethernet1/0/1 [3Com-Ethernet[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Q-in-Q Commands Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Q-in-Q Co nfigurati on Commands .............................................................................. 1-1 1.1 Q-in-Q Config uration Commands ....................................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Q-in-Q Commands Chapter 1 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands 1.1 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display port vlan-vpn Syn tax display port vlan-vpn View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display port vlan-vpn command to displa y the Q-in-Q conf[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Q-in-Q Commands Chapter 1 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands 1-2 Description Use the vlan-vpn enable command to enable the Q-i n-Q function for a port. Use the undo vlan-vpn command to disable the Q-in-Q function f or a port. By default, the Q-in-Q function is disabled. With the Q-in-Q function enable [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Q-in-Q Commands Chapter 1 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands 1-3 Use the undo vlan-vpn priority command to restore the default configuration. By default, inner-outer tag prio rity mapping is disabled. Example # Configure priority mappings bet ween inner and outer VLAN tag s on Ethernet 1/0/1 so that pa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Q-in-Q Commands Chapt er 2 Selective Q-in-Q Configuration Co mmands 2-1 Chapter 2 Selective Q-in-Q Configuration Commands  Note: You can implement traffic-based selecti ve Q-in -Q on an Switch 7750 Seri es switch by using ACLs and QoS techniques. Refer to the QoS part of this manual for related[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Q-in-Q Commands Chapt er 2 Selective Q-in-Q Configuration Co mmands 2-2 Example # Configure that the single-tag ged inbound p acket s of VLAN 8 through VLA N 15 are tagged with V LAN 20 tags on Ethernet1/0/1 por t. Configure Ethern et 1/0/5 as the uplink port and configure it to remove the outer V[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Q-in-Q Commands Chapt er 2 Selective Q-in-Q Configuration Co mmands 2-3 untagged attri bute. When the uplink port is not av ailable, if you modify this configuration, the configuration of the raw-vlan-id inbound comman d is rem o ved at the same time. Caution: Do not add a Q-in-Q -enabled port an [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Q-in-Q Commands Chapter 3 Shared-VLAN Conf iguration Commands 3-1 Chapter 3 Shared-VLAN Configuration Commands 3.1 Shared-VLAN Configuration Commands 3.1.1 display shared-vlan Syn tax display shared-vlan View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display shared-vlan comma nd to display share[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Q-in-Q Commands Chapter 3 Shared-VLAN Conf iguration Commands 3-2 Description Use the shared-vlan mainboard command to co nfig ure shared-VLAN on a n SRPU. Use the undo shared-vlan mainboard comma nd to remove the configuration. By default, no shared-VLAN is configured on the SRP U.  Note: z If[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Q-in-Q Commands Chapter 3 Shared-VLAN Conf iguration Commands 3-3 Use the undo shared-vlan slot comm and to remove the configuration. By default, no shared-VLAN is configured on the LPU.  Note: You must use a cre ated VLAN as shared-VL A N; otherwise the system gives a n error prompt. Caution: [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Port Basic Co nfiguration Commands........................................................................ 1-1 1.1 Port Basic Conf iguration Commands................................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-1 Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Commands 1.1 Port Basic Configuration Commands 1.1.1 broadcast-suppression Syn tax broadcast-suppression { ratio | bandwid th bandwidth | pp s pps } undo broadcast-suppres sion View Ethernet po[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-2  Note: z Broadcast suppression is set in different ways for different LPUs of the switch 7 750 series: For type-A LPUs, broadca st suppression must be set in VLAN view; for non-type-A LPUs, broadcast sup pressio n must be set[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-3 Description Use the copy configurati on command to copy the configuration on a po rt to some other port s to keep consist ent configuration on them.  Note: Any aggregation group port you input in the destination port list wil[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-4 Parameter text : Port description, a string of up to 80 characters. Description Use the description command to set a p ort description string. Use the undo description command t o remove the port description string. By default, [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-5 This command is similar to the display interface command, but the inform ation it displa ys is brie fer .  Note: Currently , for the port types other than Ether net port, this command only displays the link state, an d sho ws[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-6 View Any view Parameter interface - type : Port type. interface-number : Port number . Description Use the display interface command to display port configuration. When using this command: z If you specify neither port type nor [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-7 Input(normal): - packets, - bytes - broadcasts, - multicasts, - pauses Input: - input errors, 0 runts, - giants, 0 throttles, 0 CRC 0 frame, - overruns, - aborts, - ignored, - parity errors Output(total): 1288 packets, 116919 by[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-8 Field Description Input(total): 1150 packets, 149854 bytes 542 broadcasts, 55 multicasts, - pauses Input(normal): - packets, - bytes - broadcasts, - multicasts , - pauses Input: - input errors, 0 runts, - giants, 0 throttles, 0 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-9 Description Use the display loopback-detection comm and to display the information related to the loopback detection function on the port. Example # Display the information about loopba ck detection on the port and “e” is no[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-10 Description Use the display port command to di splay whether there are hyb rid port s or trunk ports in the current system. If there is such po rt, the port name and the ID of the VLAN permitted on the port are displayed. Examp[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-11 T able 1-4 describes the fields of the display transceiv er-information interface command. Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display transc eiver-information interface command Field Description Hardware Type Hardware t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-12 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1 [3Com-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] duplex full 1.1.10 flow-control Syn tax flow-control undo flow-control View Ethernet port view Parameter None Descr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-13 undo flow-control disable View System view Parameter None Description Use the flow-control enable command to enabl e flow control glob ally . Use the flow-control disable command to disable flo w co ntrol gl obally . By default[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-14 rates in the interval. For example, if you set the interval to 100 seconds, the displayed information is as follows: Last 100 seconds input: 0 packets/sec 0 bytes/sec Last 100 seconds output: 0 packets/sec 0 bytes/sec Related c[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-15 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] hardspeedup enable 1.1.14 interface Syn tax interface interface-type interface-numb er View System view Parameter interface - type : Port type, which[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-16 1.1.15 jumboframe enable Syn tax jumboframe enable [ jumboframe-value ] undo jumboframe enable View Ethernet port view Parameter jumboframe-value : Size of the permitted jumbo frame, in the range of 1,536 to 9,216 in byte. Desc[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-17 Description Use the loopback-detection enable command to enable the loopback detection feature on the port. Use the undo loopback-detection enable com mand to disable the loopback detection feature on the port. By default, the [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-18 1.1.18 loopback-detection control Syn tax loopback-detection control { block | nolearning | shut down } undo loopback-detection control View Ethernet port view Parameter block : S pecifies to block the port where loop is detect[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-19 1.1.19 loopback-detecti on per-vlan enable Syn tax loopback-detection per-vlan enable undo loopback-detection per-v l an enable View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the loopback-detecti on per-v lan enable com[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-20 auto : Identifies the network ca ble type (crossove r or straight through) automatically . normal : S pecifies the network cable to be straight through net work cable. Description Use the mdi command to set the network types th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-21 z 1 to 100 for 100 Mbps Ethernet ports; z 1 to 1,000 Mbps for Gigabit Ethernet po rts; z 1 to 10,000 Mbps for 10 GE ports. kbp s kbps-value : S pecifies the maximum band width (in Kbps) for re ceiving multicast traffic, in the [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-22 1.1.22 port access vlan Syn tax port access vlan vlan-id undo port access v lan View Ethernet port view Parameter vlan-id : VLAN ID defined in IEEE802.1Q, in the range of 2 to 4,094. Description Use the port access vlan command[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-23 Use the undo port hybrid pvid command to re store the default VLAN ID of the hybrid port. Set the default VLAN ID of the local hybrid port to the same value as that of the hybrid port on the peer switch. Otherwi se, p ackets ca[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-24 Example # Add the hybrid port Ethernet1/0/1 to VLAN 2, VLAN 4 and VLAN 50 throu gh VLAN 100, with tags assigned to their p ackets. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Ethernet[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-25 1.1.26 port monitor last Syn tax port monitor last [ value ] undo port monitor last View Ethernet port view Parameter value : Delay of reporting down st ate to the sy stem, in the range of 0 to 60. When this argument is set to [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-26 1.1.27 port moni tor last slot Syn tax port monitor last [ slot slot-num ber ] value undo port monitor last [ slot slot-num ber ] View System view Parameter slot-number : Number of the slot wh ere the board resides. value : Del[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-27 Parameter vlan-id-list : VLAN range to which the trun k port will be added. vlan-id-list = [ vlan-id1 [ to vlan-id2 ] ]&<1-10>, where, vlan-id is in the range of 1 to 4094 and can be discrete, and &<1-10> me[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-28 Description Use the port trunk pvid vlan command to set the default VLAN ID for the trunk port. Use the undo port trunk pvid comma nd to restore the default setting. T o guarantee the proper pa cket transmission, th e default V[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-29 1.1.31 shut dow n Syn tax shut down undo shut down View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the shut dow n command to disable an Ethernet port. Use the undo shut down command to enable an Ethernet port. By default[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-30  Note: For ports of dif ferent types, the pa rameter prompt s after you enter the speed command are also dif f erent. Description Use the speed command to set the port speed. Use the undo speed command to re sto re the port [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-31  Note: z The commands above are applicable to ty pe-A LPUs only, incl uding 3C16860, 3C16861, 3C16858, and 3C16859. z The commands above are diagnosti c, so y ou cannot use them at discretion. Example # Enable the hardware s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-32 Description Use the unicast-suppression comma nd to set the size of unknown unicast traf fic allowed to be received on the current port. Use the undo unicast-suppression command to restore the si ze of unknown unicast traffic a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-33 Description Use the virtual-cable-test command to enable the sy stem to test the cable con nected to a specific port and to display the result s. The system can test these attri bute s of the cable: z Cable status, including no[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Basic Port Comman ds Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration C ommands 1-34 Pair polarity: normal Insertion loss: 7 db Return loss: 7 db Near-end crosstalk: 7 db[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e — Link Aggr egation Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Link Aggregati on Configurati on Commands ............................................................ 1-1 1.1 Link Aggregation C onfiguration Commands ...................................................................... 1-1 1.1.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Link Aggr egation Chap ter 1 Link Aggregation Configuratio n Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 1.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display lacp sy stem-id Syntax display lacp system-id View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display lacp system-i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Link Aggr egation Chap ter 1 Link Aggregation Configuratio n Commands 1-2 View Any view Parameter interface interface-type interface-num ber [ to interface-type interface-number ]: S pecifies a port range. z If the to keyword is not specified, only one port is spec ified; z If the to keyword is sp[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Link Aggr egation Chap ter 1 Link Aggregation Configuratio n Commands 1-3 Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display link-aggrega tion interface command Field Description Attached AggID ID of the aggregation group to which the specified port belong s Local: Port-Priority: 32768, Oper key: [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Link Aggr egation Chap ter 1 Link Aggregation Configuratio n Commands 1-4 AL AL Partner ID Select Standby Share Master ID Type Ports Ports Type Port ------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 D 0x8000,00e0-fcff-ff01 1 0 NonS Ethernet4/0/1 10 M none 1 0 NonS Ethernet4/0/2[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Link Aggr egation Chap ter 1 Link Aggregation Configuratio n Commands 1-5 z Local end details: device ID, port numb er, port status, port priority, LACP flag, operation key and connection status; z Remote end details: local port, remote port index, remote port pri ority, operation key, and device [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Link Aggr egation Chap ter 1 Link Aggregation Configuratio n Commands 1-6 Field Description Port state Port state Local Other information about the local end, including port number, port state, port priority, LACP flag, operation key and connection status Remote Detailed information about the remo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Link Aggr egation Chap ter 1 Link Aggregation Configuratio n Commands 1-7 Use the undo hash command to cancel the config u ration. By default, the parameter used by the HASH algorithm in link ag gregation is ip. Example # For LPU 2, use the destination IP address as the parameter of the HASH algor[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Link Aggr egation Chap ter 1 Link Aggregation Configuratio n Commands 1-8 Parameter port-priority-value : Port priority , ranging from 0 to 65,535 and defaulting to 32,768. Description Use the lacp port - priority command to set the priority of the current port. Use the undo lacp port - priority c[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Link Aggr egation Chap ter 1 Link Aggregation Configuratio n Commands 1-9 1.1.9 link-aggregation Syntax link-aggregation interface-type interfa ce-number to interface-type interfa ce-number [ both ] View System view Parameter interface-type : Port type. interface-num : Port number . to : S pecifie[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Link Aggr egation Chap ter 1 Link Aggregation Configuratio n Commands 1-10 View System view Parameter agg-id : Aggregation group ID, in the range of 1 to 384. agg-name : Aggregation group name, a string of 1 to 32 characters. Description Use the link-aggregation group description com mand to set a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Link Aggr egation Chap ter 1 Link Aggregation Configuratio n Commands 1-11 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] link-aggregation group 22 mode manual 1.1.12 port link-aggregation group Syntax port link-aggregation group agg-id undo port link-aggregation gro[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide — Link Aggr egation Chap ter 1 Link Aggregation Configuratio n Commands 1-12 z If the to keyword is not specified, only one port is spec ified; z If the to keyword is specified, multiple contiguous po rts are specified; z The interface-type argument represents the port type and th e interface-num ar[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Isolation Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Port Isolation Con figura tion Command s .................................................................. 1-1 1.1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands ............................................................................ 1-1 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Isolation Chapt er 1 Port Isolation Configurati on Com mands 1-1 Chapter 1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands 1.1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands 1.1.1 description Syn tax description text undo description View Isolation group view Parameter text : Description string fo r an isolatio[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Isolation Chapt er 1 Port Isolation Configurati on Com mands 1-2 Parameter group-id : ID of an isolation group, in the ran ge of 1 to 64. Description Use the display isolate port command to display the configu ration of the created isolation group, including: z ID of the isolation group z Des[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Isolation Chapt er 1 Port Isolation Configurati on Com mands 1-3 This command functions the same as the 1.1.4 port isolate command except that Ethernet port s mu st be specified in this command. Example # Add GigabitEthernet1/0/1 to isolation group 1. <3Com> system-view System View: ret[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Isolation Chapt er 1 Port Isolation Configurati on Com mands 1-4 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface gigabitethernet1/0/1 [3Com-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] port isolate group 1 1.1.5 port-isolate group Syn tax port-isolate group group-id undo port[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Port S ecurity Commands ............................................................................................ 1-1 1.1 Port Securi ty Commands ...................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1.1 Port Security Commands 1.1.1 display port-security Syn tax display port-security [ interface interface-list ] View Any view Parameter interface-list : Ethernet port list, which can contai n [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-2 AddressLearn trap is Enabled Intrusion trap is Enabled Dot1x logon trap is Enabled Dot1x logoff trap is Enabled Dot1x logfailure trap is Enabled RALM logon trap is Enabled RALM logoff trap is Enabled RALM logfailure trap is Ena[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-3 Field Description Vlan id assigned is NULL The delivered VLAN ID is null. Disableport Timeout: 20 s The tem porary port-disabling time is 20 seconds. OUI value The next line displays OUI value. GigabitEthernet1/0/1 is link-down[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-4 Caution: To avoid confliction, the following rest rictio ns on 802.1x authentication and MAC address authenticatio n occur after port security is enabled: z The access control mode (set by the dot1x por t-control command) autom[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-5  Note: If intrusion protection mode is set to disablepor t-temporarily on the po rt, the time set by the port-security timer disableport comman d determines how lon g the system temporarily disables the port whe n intru sion[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-6 [3Com] interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1 # Configure the switch to disable Giga bi tEthernet1/0/1 when intrusion protection is triggered on the port. [3Com-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] port-security intrusion-mode disableport 1.1.4 port-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-7 1.1.5 port-security max-mac-count Syn tax port-security max-mac-count count-value undo port-security max-mac-count View Ethernet port view Parameter count-value : Maximum number of MAC addresses allowe d on the port, in the ran[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-8 View Ethernet port view Parameter ntkonly : Allows the port to transmit only unicast packet s with successfully-authenticated destination MAC add re sses. ntk-withbroadcast s : Allows the port to transmit broadcast p ackets and[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-9 1.1.7 port-security oui Syn tax port-security oui OUI-value index index-value undo port-security oui index id-value View System view Parameter OUI-value : OUI value. Y ou can input a full MAC address (in hexadecim al format) fo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-10 Example # Set an OUI value by specifying the MAC address 00ef-e c00-0000, with an OUI index of 5. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] port-security oui 00ef-ec00-0000 index 5 1.1.8 por[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-11 Table 1-2 Description of port security mode s Security mode Description Feature secure In this mode, the port is disabled from learning MAC addresses. Only those packets whose sou rce MAC addresses are static MAC addresse s co[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-12 Security mode Description Feature userlogin- secure The port is enabled o nly after an access user passes the 802.1x authentication. When the port is enabled, only the packets of the successfully authenticated user can pass th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-13  Note: When a port work s in the userlogin-secure-else -mac-ext mode or the userlogin-secure-else-mac mode, for the same p acket, intrusion protection can b e triggered only after both MAC authent ication and 802 .1x authen[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-14  Note: After the port-security intrusion-mode disableport-temporarily command is executed on a port, the time set by the port-security timer disableport timer command determines h ow long the port can be temporarily disabl [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1-15  Note: RADIUS authenticated login using MA C-address (RALM) refers to MAC address–based RA DIUS authentication. Description Use the port-security trap command to enable the sending of speci fied type(s) of trap messages. [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapt er 2 Port Binding Commands 2-1 Chapter 2 Port Binding Commands 2.1 Port Binding Commands 2.1.1 am user-bind interface Syn tax am user-bind mac-addr mac-address ip-addr ip-address interface interface-ty pe interface-number undo am user-bind mac-addr mac-ad dr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapt er 2 Port Binding Commands 2-2 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] am user-bind mac-addr 00e0-fc00-5101 ip-addr 10.153.1.1 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1 2.1.2 am user-bind Syn tax am user-bind mac-addr mac-address i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Port Securit y & Port Binding Chapt er 2 Port Binding Commands 2-3 2.1.3 display am user-bind Syn tax display am user-bind [ interface interface-type interface-number | mac-addr mac-addr | ip-addr ip-addr ] View Any view Parameter interface : Displays bindin g informatio n on a specified port.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DLDP Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 DLDP Configu ration C ommands ................................................................................ 1-1 1.1 DLDP Configuration Commands ....................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DLDP Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Comma nds 1-1 Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands 1.1 DLDP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display dldp Syn tax display dld p [ interface-type interface-num ber ] View Any view Parameter interface-type : Port type. interface-number : Port number . Description Use t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DLDP Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Comma nds 1-2 dldp link state : down The neighbor number of the port is 0. interface GigabitEthernet2/0/2 dldp port state : advertisement dldp link state : up The neighbor number of the port is 1. neighbor mac address : 00e0-fc27-750d neighbor port index : 98 neig[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DLDP Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Comma nds 1-3 Note: When you use the dldp enable/dldp disable commands in system view to enable/disable DLDP glo bally on all optical po rts of the switch, these commands are only valid for the existing optical ports on the device, howeve r, they are not valid for[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DLDP Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Comma nds 1-4 When you configure the DLDP authentic ation mode and authentication p assword, make sure the same DLDP authentication mode and password are set for the port s connecting the local and peer devices. Other wise, DLDP authentication fails. DLDP cannot w[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DLDP Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Comma nds 1-5 unidirectional links. On the contra ry, if t oo short an interval is set, network traffic increases, and port ban dwidth is reduced. Generally, the STP conv ergence time is 30 seconds. Example # Set the interval of sending advertis ement p ackets to [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DLDP Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Comma nds 1-6 1.1.6 dldp unidir ectional-shutdown Syn tax dld p unidirectional-shut dow n { auto | manual } undo dld p unidirectional-shutdo w n View System view Parameter auto : Disables the corresponding port automatically when DLDP dete cts a unidirectional lin[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DLDP Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Comma nds 1-7 Parameter enhance : Configures DLDP to work in enhanced mode. In this mode, DLDP probes actively whether neighbors exist when neighb or t ables are aging. normal : Configures DLDP to work in normal mode. In this mode, DLDP does not probe actively whe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MAC Addres s Table Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 MAC Addr ess Table Configuration Com mands ....................................................... 1-1 1.1 MAC Address Table Configuration Comm ands ................................................................. 1-1 1.1.1 bridge[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configur ation Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configuration Commands  Note: This chapter describes the management of static and dynamic MAC address entries. For information on the management of mult icast MAC address entrie s, refer to the[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configur ation Commands 1-2 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] bridgemactocpu enable 1.1.2 display mac- address aging-time Syn tax display mac-address aging-time View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display mac-address agi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configur ation Commands 1-3 Table 1-1 Description on the display-option argum ent Value Description mac-address [ vlan vlan-id ] Displays information about a specifie d MAC address entry. { static | dynami c } [ interface interface-type interface-n umb[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configur ation Commands 1-4 00e0-0112-9a86 2 Config static Ethernet3/0/11 NOAGED 000c-760a-172d 1 Learned Ethernet1/0/4 240 000d-88f6-44c1 1 Learned Ethernet1/0/4 278 000d-88f7-9f7d 1 Learned Ethernet1/0/4 278 000d-88f7-b090 1 Learned Ethernet1/0/4 128[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configur ation Commands 1-5 dyn amic : S pecifies that the MAC address entry to b e added/updated is of dy namic type. mac - address : MAC address. interface - type : Port type. interface-number : Port number . vlan-id : VLAN ID. This argument ranges f[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configur ation Commands 1-6 z MAC address: 00e0-fc01-0 101 z Outbound port: Ethernet1/0/1 port z Ethernet1/0/1 port belongs to VLAN 2. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] mac-address static 00e0-fc01-0101 inter[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configur ation Commands 1-7 Parameter None Description Use the mac-address mac-lear ning disable command to disable the current port from learning MAC addresses. Use the undo mac-address mac-le arni ng disable command to re -enable the current port to [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configur ation Commands 1-8 Use the undo mac-address max-ma c-count command to ca ncel the limitation on the number of MAC addre sses an Ethernet port can learn. By default, the number of MAC addresses an Ethernet port can le arn i s unlimited. When yo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configur ation Commands 1-9 removed, the switch b roadcasts the packet throu gh all its ports in th e VLAN which the packet belongs to. This decreases th e operating performan ce of the switch. z If the aging time is too long, MAC address ent ries may [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands ............................................................................... 1-1 1.1 MSTP Configuration Commands ....................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 ac[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Table of Contents ii 1.1.37 stp root secondary ............................................................................................... 1-39 1.1.38 stp root-protection ............................................................................................... 1-40 1.1.39 stp tc-pr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 active regi on-configuration Syn tax active region-configurati on View MST region view Parameter None Description Use the activ e region-configuration command to activate th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-2 1.1.2 check regi on-configuration Syn tax check region-configurati on View MST region view Parameter None Description Use the check region-configuration comma nd to display the current MST region configuration, including reg ion nam e, revision leve[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-3 Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the check region-con figuration command Field Description Format selector The selector specified by MSTP Region name The name of the MST region Revision level The revision level of the MST regio n Instance Vlan[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-4 z If only a port list is specified, the command displays information ab out all spanning tree instances on these po rts in the orde r of the port number. z If both a spanning tree instance and a port list are specified, the command displays spanning[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-5 Field Description Role Port role STP State STP state on the port, which can be forwarding an d di scarding. Protection Protection type of the port 1.1.4 display stp region-configuration Syn tax display stp region-configuration View Any view Paramete[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-6 Field Description Revision level The revision level of the MST region Instance Vlans Mapped Spanning tree instance-to-VLAN mappings i n the MST region 1.1.5 instance Syn tax inst ance inst ance-id vlan vlan-list undo inst ance inst ance-id [ vlan vl[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-7 Note that a VLAN cannot be mapped to mult iple spa nning tree inst ances at the same time. A VLAN-to-spanning tree inst ance mappi ng is automatically removed if you map the VLAN to another span ning tre e instance. Related command: region-name , re[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-8 1.1.7 reset stp Syn tax reset stp [ interface interface-list ] View User view Parameter interface-list : Ethernet port list. Y ou can specify mult iple Ethernet ports by providi ng this argument in the form of interface-list = { interface-type inter[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-9 Description Use the revi si on -le vel command to set the MSTP revision level fo r a switch. Use the undo revision-level command to revert to the default revision level. By default, the MSTP revision level is 0. MSTP revision level, along with MST r[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-10 Related command: stp mode , and stp interface . Example # Enable MSTP globally . <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] stp enable # Disable MSTP on Ethernet1/0/1 port. <3Com> system-view System View: re[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-11 receive configuration BPDUs and then re ports these case s to the administrator . If a port is shut down, only the administrator can restore it. Example # Enable the BPDU protection function. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User Vie[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-12 [3Com] stp bridge-diameter 5 1.1.12 stp config-digest-snooping Syn tax stp config - digest - snoopi ng undo stp config - digest - s nooping View System view Parameter None Description Use the stp config-digest-snooping co mmand to enable the digest[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-13  Note: z The digest snooping feature is ne eded o nly when you r Switch 7750 is co nnected to partner's propriet ary protocol-adopted switches. z T o enable the digest snooping f eature successfully , you must first enable it on all the swi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-14 Description Use the stp cost command to set the path cost of the current port in a specified spanni ng tre e instan ce. Use the undo stp cost co mmand to revert to the default p ath cost of the current p ort in the specified sp anning tree inst anc[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-15 Use the stp edged-port disable command to configure the current Ethernet port as a non-edge port. Use the undo stp edged-port comma nd to restore the current Ethernet port to it s default state. By default, all Ethernet port s of a swit ch are non-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-16 Parameter interface-list : Ethernet port list. Y ou can specify mult iple Ethernet ports by providi ng this argument in the form of interface-list = { interface-type interface-numbe r [ to interface-type interface-nu mber ] } &<1-10>, whe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-17 Parameter interface-list : Ethernet port list. Y ou can specify mult iple Ethernet ports by providi ng this argument in the format of interface-list = { interface-type interface-n umber [ to interface-type interface-number ] } &<1-10>, wh[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-18  Note: z The digest snooping feature is ne eded o nly when your Switch 775 0 seri es switch is connected to partner's p rop rietary protocol-a dopted switches. z T o enable the digest snooping f eature successfully , you must first enable i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-19 Description Use the stp interface cost command to set the path cost(s) of the specified port(s) in a specified sp a nning tree instance in system view . Use the undo stp interface cost co mmand to revert to the default path cost(s) of the specified[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-20 disable : Configures the specified Ethern et port s to be non-edge ports. Description Use the stp interface edged-port enable command to confi gure the specified Ethernet port(s) as edge port s in system view . Use the stp interface edged-port d is[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-21 undo stp interface interface-list loop-protection View System view Parameter interface-list : Ethernet port list. Y ou can specify mult iple Ethernet ports by providi ng this argument in the form of interface-list = { interface-type interface-numbe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-22 Parameter interface-list : Ethernet port list. Y ou can specify mult iple Ethernet ports by providi ng this argument in the form of interface-list = { interface-type interface-numbe r [ to interface-type interface-nu mber ] } &<1-10>, whe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-23 The rapid transition feature is disabled on any po rt by default. Some manufac tures' switc hes adopt p ropri etary spanning tree protocol s that are similar to RSTP in the way to implement rapid transition on designated port s. When a switch [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-24 interface-type interface-nu mber ] } &<1-10>, where &<1-10> m eans that you can provide up to 10 port indexes/port index ranges for this argument. force-true : S pecifies that the links connected to the spe cified Ethernet port [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-25 1.1.23 stp interface port priority Syn tax stp int erface interface-list instanc e instance-i d port priority priority undo stp interface interface-list inst ance instance-i d port priority View System view Parameter interface-list : Ethernet port [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-26 1.1.24 stp interfa ce root-protection Syn tax stp int erface interface-list root-protection undo stp interface interface-list root-p rote ction View System view Parameter interface-list : Ethernet port list. Y ou can specify mult iple Ethernet port[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-27 Example # Enable the root protection function on Ethernet1/0/1 port. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] stp interface Ethernet 1/0/1 root-protection 1.1.25 stp interface transmit-limit Syn tax stp int erfa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-28 1.1.26 stp l oop-protection Syn tax stp loop-protection undo stp loop-protection View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the stp loop-protection comm and to enable the loop prevention function on the current port. Use the undo stp lo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-29 1.1.27 stp max-hops Syn tax stp max-hop s hops undo stp max-hop s View System view Parameter hops : Maximum hop s to be set. This argument ranges from 1 to 40. The default maximum hops value of an MST region is 20. Description Use the stp max-hop s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-30 1.1.28 stp mcheck Syn tax stp mcheck View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the stp mcheck command to perform the m Ch eck operation on the curre nt port. When a port on an MSTP-en abled upstream switch connect s with an STP en able[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-31 View System view Parameter stp : Enables the STP-com p atible mode. mstp : Enables the MSTP mode. rstp : Enables RSTP-comp a tible. Description Use the stp mode command to set the MSTP operation mode. Use the undo stp mode command to revert to the [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-32 Description Use the stp no-agreement-check command to enable the rapid transition feature for a port. Use the stp no-agreement-che ck command to disable the ra pid tran sition feature. By default, the rapid transition feature is disabled on a port.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-33 View System view Parameter dot1d-1998 : Uses the IEEE 802.1D-19 98 st andard to calculat e the default path cost s of ports. dot1t : Uses the IEEE 802.1t st andard to calcul ate the default p a th costs of port s. legacy : Uses the propriet ary sta[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-34 Normally , when a port operates in full-duplex mode, the corresponding p ath cost is slightly less than that when the port operates in half-duplex mode. When calculating the p ath cost of an aggregated link, the 802.1D-1998 standa rd does not take [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-35 Description Use the stp point-to-point command to specify whether the link con nected to the current Ethernet port is a point-to-point link. Use the undo stp point-to-point comma nd to restore the link connected to the current Ethernet port to its [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-36 port priority priority : Sets the po rt priority . The priority argument ranges from 0 to 24 0 and must be a multiple of 16 (such as 0, 16, and 32). The default port priority of a port in any spanni ng tree instan ce is 128. Description Use the stp[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-37 Description Use the stp priority command to set the priority of the switch in the specified spanning tree instan ce. Use the undo stp priority command to restore the switch to the default prio rity in the specified sp a nning tree instance. The def[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-38 And you can modify the three settings afte r enterin g MST region view by using the stp region-configuration command. Example # Enter MST regi on view . <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] stp region-config[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-39 recommende d to set the network diameter and le ave the Forward delay and Max age parameters b eing auto matically determi ned by the network diameter you set. Caution: z Y ou can configure only one root bridg e for a spanning tree in stance and ca[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-40 Description Use the stp root secondary command to configure the current switch as a secondary root bridge of a specified sp anning tree insta nce. Use the undo stp root command to cancel the current configuration. By default, a switch does not oper[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-41 Use the undo stp root-protection com mand to restore the root p rotection function to the default state on the cu rrent po rt. By default, the root protection function is disabled. Configuration errors or att acks may result in configuration BPDUs [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-42 A switch removes MAC address entrie s and ARP entries up on rece iving TC-BPDUs. If a malicious user sends a larg e amount of TC- BPDUs to a switch in a short period, the switch may busy it self in removing MAC address en tries and ARP entrie s, wh[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-43 As for the configuration of the three time-r elated p arameters (that is, the Hello time, Forward delay , and Max age parameters), the following formulas must be met to prevent network jitter . 2 x (Forward delay – 1 second) >= Max age Max age[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-44 As for the configuration of the three time-r elated p arameters (that is, the Hello time, Forward delay , and Max age parameters), the following formulas must be met to prevent network jitter . 2 * (Forward delay – 1 second) >= Max age Max age[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-45 As for the configuration of the three time-r elated p arameters (that is, the Hello time, Forward delay , and Max age parameters), the following formulas must be met to prevent network jitter . 2 * (Forward delay – 1 second) >= Max age, Max ag[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-46 S panning trees may be regene rated even in a steady network if an upstre am switch continues to be busy . Y ou can configure the timeout time factor to a larger number to avoid this. Normally , the timeout time can be four (or more) time s of the [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-47 1.1.45 vlan-mapping modulo Syn tax vlan-mapping modulo modulo View MST region view Parameter modulo : Modulo ranging from 1 to 16. Description Use the vlan-mapping modulo comm and to map VLANs to specific spanni ng tree instanc es. By default, all [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – MST P Chapter 1 MST P Configuration Commands 1-48 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] stp region-configuration [3Com-mst-region] vlan-mapping modulo 16 1.1.46 vlan-vpn tunnel Syn tax vlan-vpn tunnel undo vlan-vpn tunnel View System view Parameter None Description Use the vlan-vpn [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol T able of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Static Route Configurati on Commands .................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Routing Table Monitoring Commands ............................................................................... 1-1 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol T able of Contents ii 2.1.21 ri p work ................................................................................................................ 2-19 2.1.22 su mmary.............................................................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol T able of Contents iii 3.1.37 ospf timer dead.................................................................................................... 3-43 3.1.38 ospf timer hello .................................................................................................... 3-44 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol T able of Contents iv 4.1.26 isis timer hol ding-multiplier .................................................................................. 4-24 4.1.27 isis timer lsp......................................................................................................... 4-25 4[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol T able of Contents v 5.1.23 display bgp r outing-tabl e peer ............................................................................. 5-24 5.1.24 display bgp routing-t able regular-e xpression ...................................................... 5-24 5.1.25 display bgp rout[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol T able of Contents vi Chapter 6 IP Routing Polic y Configurat ion Commands ............................................................ 6-1 6.1 IP Routing Policy Co nfiguration Commands ..................................................................... 6-1 6.1.1 apply as-path .[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-1 Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands  Note: The words “router” covered in the following text re present routers in common sense and Ethernet switches running a routing proto col. To improve readability, this will[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-2 2.2.2.1/32 DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 3.3.3.0/24 DIRECT 0 0 3.3.3.1 Vlan-interface3 3.3.3.1/32 DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 4.4.4.0/24 DIRECT 0 0 4.4.4.1 Vlan-interface4 4.4.4.1/32 DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 127.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-3 Example # Display the brief information about the active routes filtered by the basic ACL 2000. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] acl number 2000 [3Com-acl-basic-2000] rule permit sourc[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-4 Field Description Mask Mask Protocol Routing protocol that detects this route Preference Preference of the route Nexthop Address of the next hop Interface Outbound interface where packets to the destination netwo rk segment are [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-5 Field Description Static The static routes manually configure d on the route are tagged as static routes, which will not be removed from the routing table if the router is restarted after the save command is executed. Unicas t U[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-6 z display ip routing-table ip-address mask This command only displ ays the routes exactly matching the specified destination address and mask. z display ip routing-table ip-address longer-matc h This command displays all destina[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-7 Age: 3:47 Cost: 0/0 Tag: 0 # There is no corresponding route in the natural mask ran ge (only the longest matched route is displayed). Display the det aile d information. <3Com> display ip routing-table 169.253.0.0 verbose[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-8 Example # Display the routing information of desti nation addresses rangi ng from 1.1.1.0 to 2.2.2.0. <3Com>display ip routing-table 1.1.1.0 24 2.2.2.0 24 Routing tables: Summary count: 3 Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-9 <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] ip ip-prefix abc2 permit 10.1.1.0 24 less-equal 32 [3Com] display ip routing-table ip-prefix abc2 Routes matched by ip-prefix abc2: Summary count: 2 De[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-10 View Any view Parameter protocol : Y ou can provide one of the following values for this argum ent. z direct : Displays dire ct-connect route information z static : Displays static route information. z bgp : Displays BGP route [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-11 Summary count: 1 Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost Nexthop Interface 100.100.1.1/32 DIRECT 0 0 100.100.1.1 LoopBack0 # Display the static routin g t able. <3Com> display ip routing-table protocol static STATIC Routing ta[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-12 | | | | +-32+--{2.2.2.2 | | | +-22+ | | | +-32+--{2.2.1.1 | +--6+ | +--8+--{1.0.0.0 | +-32+--{1.1.1.1 Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display ip routing-ta ble radix command Field Description INET Address suite inode[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-13 RIP 0 0 0 0 IS-IS 0 0 0 0 OSPF 0 0 0 0 O_ASE 0 0 0 0 O_NSSA 0 0 0 0 AGGRE 0 0 0 0 Total 28 5 29 1 Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display ip routing-ta ble statistics command Field Description Proto Routing protocol.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-14 Then, the statistics of t he entire routi ng table will be output. Finally , the verbose description of each route will be output. The display ip routing-t able verbose command can display all current routes, including inactive[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-15 1.2 Static Route Configuration Commands 1.2.1 delete st atic-routes all Syn tax delete st atic-routes all View System view Parameter None Description Use the delete st atic-routes all command to delete all st atic routes. The s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-16 mask-length: Mask len gth. Since 1s in a 32-bit mask must be consecutive, a ma sk in dotted decimal not ation can be replaced by mask-l ength , which i s the number of the consecutive 1s in the mask. interface-type interface-nu[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 1 Static Rout e Configuration Com mands 1-17 1.2.3 ip route-st atic default-preference Syn tax ip route-st atic default-prefere nce d efault-preference-value undo ip route-st atic default-preference View System view Parameter default-preference-value : Default precedence [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-1 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands  Note: The word “router” covered in the following text represent routers in com mon sense and Ethernet switches running a routing proto col. To improve readability, this will not be mentioned aga[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-2 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] rip [3Com-rip] undo checkzero 2.1.2 default cost Syn tax default cost value undo default cost View RIP v iew Parameter value : Default routing cost to be set, ra nging from 1 to 16. It i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-3 Description Use the display rip command to display the current RIP operation state and RIP configuration. Example # Display the current RIP operat ion state and configuration. <3Com> display rip RIP is running Checkzero is on Default[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-4 View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display rip routing command to displ ay RIP routing information. Example # Display RIP routing t able information. <3Com> display rip routing RIP routing table: public net A = Active I[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-5 2.1.5 filter -policy export Syn tax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ protocol | inter face interface-type interface-num ber ] filter-policy route-policy route-policy-name export undo filter-policy { acl-num [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-6 [3Com] rip [3Com-rip] filter-policy 2000 export 2.1.6 filter -policy import Syn tax filter-policy gateway ip-prefix-nam e import undo filter-policy gate w ay ip-prefix-nam e import filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ ga[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-7 Y ou can control the range of routes recei ved by RIP by specifying an ACL, ip-prefix list and routing policies. Related command: acl, filter-policy export, ip ip-prefix . Example # Configure to filter incoming ro uting informatio n by acl[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-8 2.1.8 import-route Syn tax import-route protocol [ cost value | route-policy route-p olicy-name ]* undo import-route protocol View RIP v iew Parameter protocol : Source routing protocol whose routes will be imported by RIP . At present, RI[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-9 [3Com-rip] import-route static cost 4 # Set the default cost and import OSPF routes with the default co st. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] rip [3Com-rip] default cost 3 [3Com-rip] import-route[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-10 Related command: rip w ork . Example # Enable RIP on the interfa ce with the network address 129.10 2.0.0. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] rip [3Com-rip] network 129.102.0.0 2.1.10 peer Syn ta[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-11 2.1.11 preference Syn tax preference value undo preference View RIP v iew Parameter value: Preference level, ranging from 1 to 255. By default, the value is 100. Description Use the preference com mand to confi gure the route preference o[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-12 When you need to re-configure the parameters of RIP , you can use this comm and to restore the default setting. Example # Reset the RIP syst em configuration. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] r[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-13 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] rip [3Com-rip] 2.1.14 rip authentication-mode Syn tax rip authentication-mode { simple password | md5 { rfc2453 key-string | rfc2082 key-strin g key-id } } undo rip authentication-mode [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-14 Example # S pecify the interface Vlan-interface 10 to use the simple authentication with the authentication key of aaa. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 10 [3Com-Vlan-i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-15 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com]interface Vlan-interface 10 [3Com-Vlan-interface10] undo rip input 2.1.16 rip metricin Syn tax rip metricin value undo rip metricin View Interface view Parameter[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-16 Parameter value : Additional route metric added wh en transmitting a RIP route, ranging from 1 to 16. By default, the value is 1. Description Use the rip metricout command to configure the addit ional route metric added to the RIP route s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-17 Use the undo rip output command to disable an interfa ce from transmitting RIP pack et s. By default, all interfaces except loopback interfaces are enabled to transmit RIP packet s to the external. This command is used in cooperatio n wi [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-18 Example # S pe cify the interface Vlan-interface 10 not to use spli t horizon when processin g RIP pack ets. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 10 [3Com-Vlan-interface10][...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-19 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 10 [3Com-Vlan-interface10] rip version 2 broadcast 2.1.21 rip work Syn tax rip w ork undo rip work View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the rip wo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-20 View RIP v iew Parameter None Description Use the summary command to enabl e RIP-2 automatic route aggregation. Use the undo summary command to disable RIP-2 automatic rout e aggregation. By default, RIP-2 route aggregation is enabled. Ro[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-21 Parameter update-timer : V alue of the Period Update timer , rangi ng from 1 to 3,600 seconds. By default, it is 30 seconds. timeout-timer : V alue of the Timeout timer , ranging from 1 to 3,600 seconds. By default, it is 180 seconds. Des[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2-22 Description Use the traffic-share-across-inter face command to enable traf fic sharing across RIP interface s, so as to distribute traf fic evenly over equal-cost routes a cross the interfaces on a router . Use the undo traffic-share-acro[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-1 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands  Note: The words “router” covered in the following text re present routers in common sense and Ethernet switches running a routing proto col. To improve readability, this will not be mentioned [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-2 route aggregation. Y ou can co nfigure multip le aggregation routes in an area so that OSPF can aggregate multiple network segment s. Example # Aggregate the routes in the two network segment s, 36.42.10.0 and 36.42.1 10.0, in OSPF area 1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-3 3.1.3 asbr-summary Syn tax asbr-summary ip-address m ask [ not-advertise | ta g value ] undo asbr-summary ip-address m ask View OSPF view Parameter ip-address : IP addre ss to be matched, in dotted decimal not ation. mask : IP addre ss ma[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-4 3.1.4 authentication-mode Syn tax authentication-m ode { simple | md5 } undo authentication-mode View OSPF Area view Parameter simple : Uses simple text authentication mode. md5 : Uses MD5 cipher text authentication mod e. Description Use[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-5 3.1.5 default cost Syn tax default cost value undo default cost View OSPF view Parameter value: Default routing cost of external route imported by OSPF , ranging from 0 to 16,777,214. By default, its value is 1. Description Use the defaul[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-6 Parameter seconds : Default interval, in second s, of importing external routes. It ranges from 1 to 2147483647 and default s to 1. Description Use the default interval comm and to configure the default interval for OSPF to import externa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-7 device. Therefore, it is necessa ry to limit the number of external routes im ported during each import inte rval . Related command: de fault interval . Example # S pecify the default limit o n the number of external routes imported by OS[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-8 3.1.9 default type Syn tax default type { 1 | 2 } undo default type View OSPF view Parameter ty p e 1 : External routes of type 1. ty p e 2 : External routes of type 2. Description Use the default type command to conf igure the default ty[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-9 Parameter value : Cost value of the default route transmi tted by OSPF to the STUB or NSSA area. It ranges from 0 to 16,777,214 and defa ult s to 1. Description Use the default-cost command to co nfigure the cost of the default route tran[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-10 Parameter always : Generates an ase lsa describing the defaul t route and advertises it if the local router is not configured with the default route. If this keyword is not provide d, the local router must be configured with the default [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-11 3.1.12 display osp f abr-asbr Syn tax display osp f [ process-id ] abr-asbr View Any view Parameter process- id : OSPF Process ID, in the range of 1 to 65,535. If you do not specify a process ID, this command applies to all current OSPF [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-12 View Any view Parameter process- id : OSPF Process ID, in the range of 1 to 65,535. If you do not specify a process ID, this command applies to all current OSPF processes. ip-address : Matched IP address, in dotted decimal notation. mask[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-13 Table 3-2 Description on the fields of the display ospf asbr-summary command. Field Description net Destination network segment mask Mask tag T ag S tatus information, which t akes one of the following two values: DoNotAdv ertise The sum[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-14 Area 0.0.0.0: Authtype: none Flags: <> SPF scheduled: <Router Net Intra> Interface: 110.1.1.1 (Vlan-interface110) Cost: 11 State: DR Type: Broadcast Priority: 11 Designated Router: 110.1.1.1 Backup Designated Router: 110.1.1.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-15 Field Description OSPF timers, defined as follows: Hello Interval of hello packet Dead Interval of dead neighbors Poll Interval of poll Ti m e r s Retransmit Interval of retrans mitting LSA T r ansmit Delay Delay time of transmitting LSA[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-16 LSAs Originated: 146 LSAs Received: 161905 Area 0.0.0.0: Neighbors: 4 Interfaces: 5 Spf: 163 Checksum Sum 3C60A5F8 rtr: 105 net: 187 sumasb: 0 sumnet: 30500 Routing Table: Intra Area: 8 Inter Area: 0 ASE: 5 Table 3-4 Description on the f[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-17 View Any view Parameter process- id : OSPF Process ID, in the range of 1 to 65,535. If you do not specify a process ID, this command applies to all current OSPF processes. Description Use the display osp f error command to display OSPF e[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-18 Field Description OSPF: wrong version OSPF version error OSPF: wrong c hecksum OSPF c hecksum err or OSPF: wrong area id OSPF area ID error OSPF: area mismatch OSPF area mismatch OSPF: wrong virtual link OSPF virtual link error OSPF: wro[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-19 Field Description LS REQ: neighbor st ate lo w Link state request (LS REQ) pa cket: asynchronous neighbor st ate LS REQ: empty request Link state request packet: empty requ est LS REQ: wrong request Link state request p acket: errone ous[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-20 Description Use the display osp f interface command to display the OSPF interface informati on. If the verbose keyword is provided, the det ailed information about the OSPF interface is displayed. Example # Display the OSPF interface inf[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-21 Table 3-6 Description on the fields of the display ospf interface command Field Description Cost Cost of the interface S tate S tate of the interface state machine T ype Network type of OSPF Priority Priority of DR for interface election[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-22 asbr : Displays the bri ef information about T ype-4 LSAs (su mmary-Asbr-LSAs) advertised by ASBR routers in the LSDB. ase : Displays the brief information about t he T ype-5 LSAs (AS-external-LSAs) in the LSDB. This argum ent is unavail[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-23 SNet 10.153.17.0 1.1.1.1 355 28 80000003 10 Inter List ASB 2.2.2.2 1.1.1.1 355 28 80000003 10 SumAsb List AS External Database: Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence Metric Where ASE 10.153.18.0 1.1.1.1 1006 36 80000002 1 Ase List[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-24 Table 3-8 Description on the fields of the display ospf lsdb as e command Field Description type T ype of the LSA ls id Link state ID of the LSA adv rtr Router ID of the router that advertises the LSA ls age Age of the LSA len Length of [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-25 Next hops: Address Type Refcount Intf Addr Intf Name --------------------------------------------------------------- 202.38.160.1 Direct 3 202.38.160.1 Vlan-interface2 202.38.160.2 Neighbor 1 202.38.160.1 Vlan-interface2 Table 3-9 Descri[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-26 Neighbors Area 0.0.0.0 interface 10.153.17.88(Vlan-interface1)'s neighbor(s) RouterID: 2.2.2.2 Address: 10.153.17.89 State: Full Mode: Nbr is Master Priority: 1 DR: 10.153.17.89 BDR: 10.153.17.88 Dead timer expires in 31s Neighbor h[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-27 Field Description Attempt It is enabled in an NBMA environment, such as Fram e Relay , X.25 or A TM. It indicates that OSPF router does n ot receive the message from a cert ain n eighbor router within a p eriod of time, but still attempt[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-28 Example # Display the information about the OSPF request-qu eue. <3Com> display ospf request-queue OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1 Request List The Router's Neighbor is RouterID: 10.1.1.1 Address: 120.1.1.1 Interface: 12[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-29 Description Use the display osp f retrans-queue command to display the information about the OSPF retransmission queue. Example # Display the information about the OSPF retransmission que ue. <3Com> display ospf retrans-queue OSPF [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-30 Description Use the display osp f routing command to display the information about OSPF routing table. Example # Display OSPF routing information. <3Com> display ospf routing OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1 Routing Tables Rou[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-31 Parameter process- id : OSPF Process ID, in the range of 1 to 65,535. If you do not specify a process ID, this command applies to all current OSPF processes. Description Use the display osp f vlink command to display the information abou[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-32 3.1.25 filter -policy export Syn tax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ protocol ] undo filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefi x-name } export [ protocol ] View OSPF view Parameter acl-number : Basi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-33 [3Com-acl-basic-2000] rule deny source any [3Com-ospf-1] filter-policy 2000 export 3.1.26 filter -policy import Syn tax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-p refix-name | gate w ay prefix-list-name } import undo filter-policy { acl[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-34 Example # Filter the received routing information ac co rding to the rule defined by ACL 2000. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] acl number 2000 [3Com-acl-basic-2000] rule permit source 20.0.0.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-35  Note: You are recommended to config ure the ro ute type, cost and tag together in one command. When you configure the m indi vidually, the new configuration for an attribute will overwrite the old c onfiguration for the attribute. By[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-36 Example # S pecify the interfaces whose master IP addresses are in the segment rang e of 10.1 10.36.0 to run OSPF and sp ecify the number of the OSPF area (where these interfaces reside) as 6. <3Com> system-view System View: return[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-37 Example # Configure area 1 as NSSA area. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] ospf 1 [3Com-ospf-1] area 1 [3Com-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] network 36.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 [3Com-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] nssa [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-38 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] router id 10.110.1.8 [3Com] ospf 120 [3Com-ospf-120] 3.1.31 osp f authentication-mode Syn tax osp f authentication-mode { simple passwo rd | md5 key-id key } undo osp f authentication-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-39 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] ospf 1 [3Com-ospf-1] area 1 [3Com-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] network 131.119.0.0 0.0.255.255 [3Com-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] authentication-mode md5 [3Com-Vlan-interface10] ospf authentication-mo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-40 Parameter dr-priority-val ue : Interface priority for electing the "designated router", ranging fro m 0 to 255. The default value is 1. Description Use the osp f dr-priority command to configure the priority for electing the &q[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-41 Example # Bind MIB operation to OSPF process 100. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] ospf mib-binding 100 # Bind MIB operation to OSPF process 200. <3Com> system-view System View: return t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-42 Example # Configure interface Vlan-interface 3 to write MTU value area when sending DD pack ets. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 3 [3Com-Vlan-interface3] ospf mtu-ena[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-43 If there is any router not supporting mult icast addresses on a broadcast network, the network type of the interface can be changed to NBMA. Alternatively , the network type of the interface can be changed from NBMA to broadcast. For a n[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-44 Use the undo osp f timer dead command to resto re the default value of the dead interval of the peer . By default, the dead interval is 40 seconds for the OSPF peers of p2p and broadcast interfaces and is 120 seco nds for those of p2mp a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-45 Example # Configure the interval of transmitting Hello messages on the interface Vlan-inte rface 10 to 20 seconds. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 10 [3Com-Vlan-inter[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-46 3.1.40 osp f timer retransmit Syn tax osp f timer retransmit interval undo osp f timer retransmit View Interface view Parameter interval: Interval, in seconds, for retransmitting LSA on an i nterface. It ranges from 1 to 3600 and default[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-47 View Interface view Parameter seconds : LSA transmissi on delay on an interface. It ranges from 1 to 3,600 and defaults to 1 (in secon ds). Description Use the osp f trans-delay command to configure the LSA transmission del ay on an inte[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-48 Description Use the peer command to configure the IP address of the neighbor router and specify DR priority on an NBMA network. Use the undo peer command to cancel this config uration. Example # Configure the IP addre ss of the neighbor [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-49 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] ospf 1 [3Com-ospf-1] preference ase 160 3.1.44 protocol mu lticast-mac enable Syn tax protocol multicast-mac enable undo protocol multicast-mac enable View System view Parameter None D[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-50 Example # Disable protocol multicast MA C address delivery in the syste m. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com]undo protocol multicast-mac enable 3.1.45 reset osp f Syn tax reset osp f [ statistics[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-51 3.1.46 router id Syn tax router id router -id undo router id View System view Parameter router-i d : Router ID, in dotted decimal not a tion, in the range of 0 to 255. Description Use the router id command to configure the ID of a rout e[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-52 3.1.47 silent-interface Syn tax silent-interface Vlan-inter face Vlan-interface-number undo silent-interface Vlan-interfa ce Vlan-interface-number View OSPF view Parameter Vlan-interface-number : Interfa ce num be r . Description Use the[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-53 View System view Parameter process- id : OSPF Process ID, in the range of 1 to 65,535. If you do not specify a process ID, this command applies to all current OSPF processes. ifst atechange , virifstatechan ge , nbrstatechange , virnbrst[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-54 Parameter interval : SPF calculation interval of OSPF , in seconds. It ranges from 1 to 10 and defaults to 5. Description Use the sp f-schedule-interv al command to configure the route calculatio n interval of OSPF . Use the undo sp f-sc[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-55 specify the no-summary argument in the stub command to disable the receiving of type-3 LSAs by the stub area connected to the ABR. Related command: de fault-cost . Example # Set the type of OSPF area 1 to STUB. <3Com> system-view S[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3-56 key : MD5 authentication ke y . If you use si mple text authentication key , you can input a string conta ining 1 to 16 characters. When you use the display current-configuration command to display system information, the MD5 authenticat[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-1 Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands  Note: The router in this document refers to a g ene ric ro uter and an Ethe rnet switch ru nning routing protocols. 4.1 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.1 area-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-2 Description Use the area-authentica tion-mode command to configure IS-IS to authenti cate the packet s (LSP , CSNP and PSNP) received from level-1 route usin g the predefined mode and pa ssword. Use the undo area-authenticati[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-3 wide-comp atible : S pecifies to receive both narro w and wide p ackets, but send only wide packet s. relax-sp f-metric : S pecifies to allow receiving routes with cost bigger than 1,024. If this keyword is not configured, an[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-4 This command can be executed on L1 routers or L2 route rs. Defaults routes are generated in L2 LSP by default. Carrying out the apply isis level-1 command in routing policy view will generate default routes in L1 LSP . Carryi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-5 interval between SPFs: level-1 10 level-2 10 4.1.5 display isis interface Syn tax display isis interface [ verbose ] View Any view Parameter verbose : Displays the det ailed information about the interface. Description Use th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-6 4.1.6 display isis lsdb Syn tax display isis lsdb [ [ l1 | l2 | level-1 | level-2 ] | [ [ lsp-id | local ] | verbose ]* ]* View Any view Parameter l1 , level-1 : S pecifies level-1 routing connection st ate database. l2 , lev[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-7 Y ou can use this command to view the mesh-group co nfiguration of the curre nt routing interface. Example # Configure the IS-IS-enabled Vlan-interface 10 and Vlan-interface 20 of the router to belong to mesh group 100. <3[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-8 System ID Interface Circuit ID State HoldTime Type Pri 0000.0000.6502 Vlan-interface1001 0001.0000.6506.02 Up 24s L1 64 Area Address: 01 IP Address: 6.6.6.6 Period: 00:53:50 # Display the information about IS-IS neighbors. &l[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-9 I 133.1.0.0/16 20 111.1.1.1 Vlan-interface111 R/-/- I 135.1.0.0/16 20 111.1.1.1 Vlan-interface111 R/-/- D 145.1.0.0/16 10 Direct Vlan-interface145 R/L/- 4.1.10 display isis sp f-log Syn tax display isis sp f-log View Any view[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-10 IS_SPFTRIG_NEWADJ 2 30 0:15:3 IS_SPFTRIG_NEWADJ 2 32 0:14:2 IS_SPFTRIG_NEWADJ 2 202 0:13:34 IS_SPFTRIG_CIRC_DOWN 2 215 0:12:17 IS_SPFTRIG_CIRC_UP 2 27 0:12:7 4.1.11 domain-auth entication-mode Syn tax domain-authentication-m[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-11 instruct the sy stem to follow a specific mode to insert the area-authentica tion password in all the level-2 routing p ackets sent from the local n ode. Related command: area-a uthentication- mode, and isis authenticati on-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-12  Note: z The filter-policy export command takes effect o nly on the routes imported through the import-route command. If the filter-policy export command is configured while the import-route command is not configured t o [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-13 Example # Use ACL 2000 to filter the received routes. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] isis [3Com-isis] filter-policy 2000 import 4.1.14 ignore-lsp-checksum-error Syn tax ignore-l[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-14 4.1.15 import-route Syn tax import-route protocol [ cost value | type { external | internal } | [ level -1 | level-1-2 | level-2 ] | route-policy route-policy-name ]* undo import-route protocol [ cost value | typ e { externa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-15 [3Com-isis] import-route static cost 15 4.1.16 import-route isis level-2 into level-1 Syn tax import-route isis level-2 into level-1 [ acl acl-number ] undo import-route isis level-2 into level-1 View IS-IS view Parameter ac[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-16 View System view Parameter tag : Name of an IS-IS routing process, consisting of no more than 128 characte rs. It s length can be 0, that is, the tag argument can be null. Description Use the isis command to start a correspo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-17 View Interface view Parameter simple : S pecifies to send the password in plain text. md5 : S pecifies to send the passwo rd in ciphertext. pass wor d : S pecifies a password. For simple authentication mode, the passw ord mu[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-18 4.1.19 isis circuit-level Syn tax isis circuit-level [ level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 ] undo isis circuit-level View Interface view Parameter level-1 : S pecifies to set up only level-1 adjacency for the interface. level-1-2 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-19 4.1.20 isis cost Syn tax isis cost value [ level-1 | level-2 ] undo isis cost [ level-1 | level-2 ] View Interface view Parameter value : S pecifies the link cost value for corres pon ding SPF calculation, in the ran ge of 0[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-20 Parameter value : S pecifies the priority for selecting DIS, ranging from 0 to 127, with the default as 64. level-1 : S pecifies the priority for sele ctin g level-1 DIS. level-2 : S pecifies the priority for sele ctin g lev[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-21 Use the undo isis enable command to disable this configu ration. The interface does not enable the IS-IS routing p roce s s by default. Before running IS-IS protocol normally , you must use the isis command to enable IS-IS p[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-22 After an interface i s added to a mesh group, it will only flood a received LS P to interfaces not belonging to the sam e me sh group. When you add an interface to a mesh g roup or block the interface, make sure to ret ain s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-23 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 10 [3Com-Vlan-interface10] isis timer csnp 15 level-2 4.1.25 isis timer hello Syn tax isis timer hello seconds [ level-1 | level-2 ] undo isis tim[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-24 4.1.26 isis timer holding-multiplier Syn tax isis timer holding-multiplier value [ level-1 | level-2 ] undo isis timer holding-multiplier [ level-1 | l evel-2 ] View Interface view Parameter value : Number of invalid He llo [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-25 [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 10 [3Com-Vlan-interface10] isis timer holding-multiplier 5 4.1.27 isis timer lsp Syn tax isis timer lsp time undo isis timer lsp View Interface view Parameter time : Minimum time interval in m[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-26 Description Use the isis timer retransmit command to configure the time interval for retransmitting LSP packet s over point-to-point link. Use the undo isis timer retransmit command to resume the default configuration. Y ou [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-27 It is recommended to configure system level when you config ure IS-IS. Y ou can configure all the routers as either Level -1 or Level-2 if there is only one area, because there is no need for all routers to maintain two iden[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-28 4.1.31 md5-comp atible Syn tax md5-comp atible undo md5-comp at ible View IS-IS view Parameter None Description Use the md5-compatible command to spe cify IS-IS to adopt the MD5 algorithm compatible wi th other manufacturers[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-29 Parameter network-entity-title : Network entity title in the form of X…X.XXXX....XXXX.00, with the 12 “X” in the middle as system ID of the r oute r , the last “00” as the SEL and the "X…X" in the front[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-30 clns : IS-IS routing preference based on OSI prot ocol st ack, in the range of 1 to 1,255. It is IP-based preference by default. ip : IS-IS routing preference based on IP protoc ol stack, in the ran ge of 1 to 255 . Descript[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-31 <3Com> reset isis all 4.1.35 reset isis peer Syn tax reset isis peer system-id View User view Parameter system-id : System ID for a n IS-IS peer , in the range o f one bit to 128 bit s. Description Use the reset isis p[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-32 When the overload flag is set for a router , the routes calculated by the router will be ignored by other routes when t hey calcul ate SPF . (But the routes directly connected to the router will not be ignored.) When a route[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-33 4.1.38 sp f-delay-interval Syn tax sp f-delay-interv al number undo sp f-delay-interval View IS-IS view Parameter number : Interval of releasing CPU duri ng rout ing calculation, in the range of 1,000 routes to 50,000 routes[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-34 View IS-IS view Parameter seconds : Duration time in milliseconds during SPF calculation, ranging from 150 to 50,000. A calculation is ended when the duration time is reached or exceeded. If the second argu ment is set to 0,[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-35 level-1-2 : S pecifies to summarize all the routes imported to level-1 area and backbone area. level-2 : S pecifies to summarize only the routes imported to backb one area. If none of the level-1 keyword, level-2 keyword, an[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-36 When the router generates system LSPs, the LSPs are generated with the maximum valid time in them. When a LSP is received by other routers, the maximum valid time will be smaller and smaller . If the maximum valid time decre[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 4 Integrated IS -IS Configuration Commands 4-37 4.1.43 timer sp f Syn tax timer sp f seconds [ level-1 | level-2 ] undo timer sp f [ level-1 | level-2 ] View IS-IS view Parameter seconds : Ma ximum time interval (in secon ds) for SPF calculation, ranging from 1 to 120, wi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-1 Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands  Note: Routers in this manual refer to common rout ers or Etherne t s w itches that r u n r outing protocols, unless otherwi se specified. 5.1 BGP Configuration Commands  Note: For the commands de[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-2 origin-policy route-policy-name : Select s the original routes used for aggregation. attribute-policy route-policy-nam e: Sets the attributes of the aggregated route. The length of route-policy-name p arameter ranges from 1 to 16 character[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-3 5.1.2 bgp Syn tax bgp as-number undo bgp [ as-number ] View System view Parameter as-number : S pecified local AS number , in the range o f 1 to 65535. Description Use the bgp command to enabl e BGP and enter the BGP view . Use the undo bg[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-4 Use the undo balance command to cancel the lo ad balance configuration. Example # Configure BGP load bal ance. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] bgp 100 [3Com-bgp] balance 2 5.1.4 comp are-di ffe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-5 5.1.5 confederation id Syn tax confederation id as-num ber undo confederation id View BGP view Parameter as-number: The ID of BGP AS confederation. It is equal to the AS number which contain s the AS numbers of multiple sub-ASs. The range [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-6 [3Com-bgp] peer 10.1.1.1 group Confed 38 [3Com-bgp] group Remote98 external [3Com-bgp] peer Remote98 as-number 98 [3Com-bgp] peer 200.1.1.1 group Remote98 5.1.6 confederation nonst a ndard Syn tax confederation { nonst andard | st an dard1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-7 undo confederation peer-as [ as-num ber-list ] View BGP view Parameter as-number -list: List of sub-AS numbers. A maximum of 32 sub-ASs can be config ured for a confederation in the command. Description Use the confederation peer-as comma [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-8 half-life-unreachable : Semi-dam pening of an unreachable, in the range of 1 to 45 minutes. The default value is 15 min utes. reuse: Threshold for disabling route suppressi on. When the penalty value is below this threshold, the route will[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-9 Parameter value : Default local prefer ence to be configured. The range i s 0 to 4294967295. By default, its value is 100. Description Use the default local-preference com mand to configure the default local preference. Use the undo defaul[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-10 Example # Set the MED value to “25”.. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com-bgp] default med 25 5.1.11 display bgp group Syn tax display bgp [ multicast ] group [ group-name ] View Any view Param[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-11 Table 5-2 Description on fields of the display bgp group command Field Description Group Name of peer group type T ype of peer group: IBGP or EBGP as-number AS number of peer group members in this group Members in this peer group route-po[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-12 Table 5-3 Description on fields of the display bgp net work command Field Description Network Netw ork address Mask Mask Route-policy Configured route policy 5.1.13 display bgp p aths Syn tax display bgp p aths as -regular-expr ession Vie[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-13 Field Description EGP The route is learn ed from exterior gateway protocol (EGP). INC Short for INCOMPLETE: indicates that the origi nal source of the route i nformat ion is unknown (learned by other methods). BGP set s the origin of the [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-14 no export policy ip-prefix no export policy filter-policy no export policy acl no import policy route-policy no import policy ip-prefix no import policy filter-policy no import policy acl no default route produce Table 5-5 Description on [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-15 Description Use the display bgp routing-t able command to display all the BGP routing information. Example # Display all the BGP routi ng inform ation. <3Com> display bgp routing-table Flags: # - valid ^ - active I - internal D - da[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-16 Field Description Origin attribute of a route, whi ch indicat es that the route update s it s origin relative to the route origi nating it from the AS. It has three optional values: IGP The route is inside the A S. BGP treat s the aggrega[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-17 #^ 1.1.3.0/24 10.10.10.1 0 IGP 200 #^ 2.2.3.0/24 10.10.10.1 0 INC 200 #^ 4.4.4.0/24 10.10.10.1 0 INC 200 #^ 9.9.9.0/24 10.10.10.1 0 INC 200 #^ 10.10.10.0/24 10.10.10.1 0 IGP 200 #^ 22.1.0.0/16 200.1.7.2 100 INC 200 # 88.1.0.0/16 60 0.0.0.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-18 Description Use the display bgp routing-t able cidr command to view the routing informat ion about the non-natural mask (namely the cla ssless inte r-domain routing, CIDR). Example <3Com> display bgp routing-table cidr Flags: # - va[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-19 Description Use the display bgp routing-t able community command to view the routing information related to the specified BGP community number in the routing table. Example # Display the routing information matching BGP community number 1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-20 Destination/Mask Next-hop Med Local-Pref Origin As-Path ------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1.1.0/24 10.10.10.1 0 IGP 200 1.1.2.0/24 10.10.10.1 0 IGP 200 1.1.3.0/24 10.10.10.1 0 IGP 200 2.2.3.0/24 10.10.1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-21 Table 5-8 Description on the fields of the display bgp routing- table damp ened command Field Description Flags S tatus code: # – valid (valid route) ^ – active (optimal route selected) I – internal (IBGP route) D – damped H – h[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-22 Description Use the display bgp routing-t able different-origin-as command to display routes that have differe nt sou rce autonomous systems. Example # Display the routes that have dif f erent source ASs. <3Com> display bgp routing-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-23 <3Com> display bgp routing-table flap-info Flags: # - valid ^ - active I - internal D - damped H - history S - aggregate suppressed Dest/Mask Source Keepup-time Damping-limit Flap-times Origin As-path -------------------------------[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-24 5.1.23 display bgp routing-t able peer Syn tax display bgp [ multicast ] routing-t able peer ip-address { adv ertised | received } [ network-address [ mask ] | statistic ] View Any view Parameter multicast : S pecifies multicast address f[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-25 Parameter multicast : S pecifies multicast address family . as-regular -expression : Matched AS regular expression. Description Use the display bgp routing-t able regular-expression command to view the routing information matching the spe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-26 Example # Display the statistics of B GP routing inf ormation. <3Com> display bgp routing-table statistic Routes total: 4 5.1.26 filter -policy export Syn tax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-pre fix ip-prefix-name } expor t [ protoc[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-27 [3Com-bgp] filter-policy 2000 export 5.1.27 filter- policy import Syn tax filter-policy gateway ip-prefix-nam e import undo filter-policy gate w ay ip-prefix-nam e import filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-p refix-name } import und[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-28 undo group group-name View BGP view Parameter group-name : Name of the pee r group, an alphanumeric stri ng of 1 to 47 characters. It means only locally . internal : Creates an IBGP peer group. external : Creates an EBGP peer group, inclu[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-29 Parameter protocol : Source routing protocol s which can be imported, inclu ding direct , osp f, osp f-ase , osp f-nssa , rip , isis and static at present. process- id : S pecific process ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. This argument is v[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-30 Description Use the network command to advertise the network segment route to the BGP routing table. Use the undo network command to cancel the exi sting configu ration. By default, the BGP does not adverti se any network segment routes. [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-31 5.1.32 peer allow-as-loop Syn tax peer { group-name | ip-add re ss } allow-as-loop [ number ] undo peer { group-name | ip-address } allow-as-loop View BGP view Parameter group-name: Name of a pe er group, con taining 1 to 47 characters. i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-32 Description Use the peer as-number command to configure the AS number of a peer g roup. Use the undo peer as-number com m a nd to delete the AS number of a peer group. By default, no AS number is configured for a peer g ro up. Example # S[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-33 <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] bgp 100 [3Com-bgp] peer test as-path-acl 1 export 5.1.35 peer as-p ath-acl import Syn tax peer { group-name | ip-addre ss } as-p ath- acl acl-number import undo [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-34 View BGP view Parameter group-name : Name of the peer gro up, containing 1 to 47 cha racters. ip-address : IP addre ss of the peer . interface-type interface-num : Interface type and interface number . Description Use the peer connect-in [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-35 Description Use the peer default-route-adv ertise command to send the default route to the peer/peer group. Use the undo peer default-route-adv ertise command to cancel the existing configuration. By default, the default route is not sent[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-36 Related command: display current-configuration , display bgp peer , and display bgp routing-t able group . Example # Configure the description information of an existing peer group named group1 as ISP1. <3Com>system-view System View[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-37 5.1.40 peer enable Syn tax peer { group-name | ip-address } enable undo peer { group-name | ip-address } enable View BGP view Parameter group-name : Name of the peer gro up, containing 1 to 47 cha racters. ip-address : IP addre ss of the [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-38 acl-number : Basic or adva nced ACL number , ranging from 2000 to 3999. export : Applies a filtering policy on advertised routes. It applies to a pee r group only . Description Use the peer filter-policy export command to configure the fi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-39 By default, a peer/peer group has no ac cess control li st (acl). Related command: peer filter-policy export , ip as-p ath-acl, peer as-path-acl export and peer as-p ath-acl import . Example # Set the filter-policy list of a peer group te[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-40 5.1.44 peer ip-prefix export Syn tax peer group-nam e ip-prefix ip-prefix-n ame export undo peer group-nam e ip-prefix ip-prefix-nam e export View BGP view Parameter group-name : Name of peer group, cont aining 1 to 47 characters. ip-pref[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-41 ip-prefix-name : Name of th e spe cified ip-prefix , containing 1 to 19 characters. Description Use the peer ip-prefix import command to config ure the route filtering policy of routes received by the peer/peer group based on the ip-prefi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-42 5.1.47 peer p assw ord Syn tax peer { group-name | ip-addre ss } pas sw o r d { cipher | simple } pa ss wor d undo peer { group-name | ip-addre ss } p assw ord View BGP view Parameter group-name : Name of the peer gro up, containing 1 to [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-43 # Perform the similar configuration on the peer . <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] bgp 100 [3Com-bgp] peer 10.1.100.1 password simple 3Com 5.1.48 peer public-as-only Syn tax peer group-name publ[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-44 undo peer group-nam e reflect-client View BGP view Parameter group-name : Name of peer group, cont aining 1 to 47 characters. Description Use the peer reflect-client command to configure the local device a s a route reflector and configur[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-45 Use the undo peer route-policy export command to dele te the specified Route-po licy . By default, the peer/peer group has no Route -p olicy association. Related command: peer route -policy import. Example # Apply the Route-policy named t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-46 Example # Apply the Route-policy named test-policy to the route coming from the peer/peer group test. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] bgp 100 [3Com-bgp] peer test route-policy test-policy impor[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-47 5.1.53 peer timer Syn tax peer { group-nam e | ip-address } timer keep-alive keep alive-interval hold holdt ime-interval undo peer { group-name | ip-ad dre ss } timer View BGP view Parameter group-name : Name of peer group, cont aining 1 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-48 Parameter ebgp-value : Preference value for EBGP . It is in the range of 1 to 256 and defa ults to 256. ibgp-value : Preference value for IBGP routes. It is in the range of 1 to 256 and defaults to 256. local-value : Preference val ue for[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-49 Related command: re flector cluste r-id , and peer reflect-client. Example # Disable the reflection between clie nts. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] bgp 100 [3Com-bgp] undo reflect between-cli[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-50 5.1.57 refresh bgp Syn tax refresh bgp { all | ip-address | group group-name } [ multicast ] { import | export } View User view Parameter all : Refreshes all peers. ip-address: Refreshes connectio n with a specified BGP peer . group-name:[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-51 ip-address: Reset s connection with a specified BGP p eer . group group-name : Reset s the connection with a spe cified pe er g roup. Description Use the reset bgp ip-address command to reset the connection of BGP with a specified BGP pee[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-52 5.1.60 reset bgp flap-info Syn tax reset bgp flap-info [ regular-expression as-regular -expression | as-pa th-acl acl-number | ip-address [ mask ] ] View User view Parameter regular-expression as-regular-expression : Reset the flap-info m[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-53 Related command: pee r group . Example # Reset BGP connectio ns of all members from group1. <3Com> reset bgp gro up group1 5.1.62 summary Syn tax summary undo summary View BGP view Parameter None Description Use the summary command [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-54 Parameter keepalive- interva l: Set the interval time value for keepalive time. The range is 1 to 65535. By default, its value is 60 seco nds. holdt ime-interval : Set the interval time value for hold ti me. The range is 3 to 65535. By de[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapt er 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5-55 Example # Cancel the synchronization of BGP and IGP . <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] bgp 100 [3Com-bgp] undo synchronization[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-1 Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands  Note: The word “router” covered in the following text represent routers in com mon sense and Ethernet switches running a routing proto col. To improve readability, thi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-2 Example # Add AS number 200 before the original AS path <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com]route-policy 10 permit node 10 [3Com-route-policy] apply as-path 200 6.1.2 apply community Sy[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-3 Example #Create a Route-policy named setcom munity and set its node se quence number a s 16 and matching mode as permit. Enter route pol icy view and set matching conditions and execute attribute change command <3Com> sy[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-4 6.1.4 apply cost-type Syn tax apply cost-type [ internal | external ] undo apply cost-ty pe View Route policy view Parameter internal : Used in BGP , indicates that the IGP cost will be used as the BGP MED value when BGP peer [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-5 Description Use the apply ip next-hop command to set the IP address of next hop. Use the undo apply ip next-hop command to cancel the setting argument. By default, no next hop is defined. An apply statement of Ro u te-policy s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-6 Example # Define an apply clause to import routes to level-2 are a. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com]route-policy 10 permit node 10 [3Com-route-policy] apply isis level-2 6.1.7 apply[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-7 View Route policy view Parameter igp: S pecifies that BGP routing information so urce is internal route egp: S pecifies that BGP ro uting inform ation source is external route as-number: S pecifies autonomou s system number of[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-8 Related command: if-match interface , if-match a cl , if-match ip- prefix , if-match ip next-hop , if-match cost , if-match ta g , route-policy , apply ip next-hop , apply local-preference , apply c ost , and apply origin. Exa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-9 Field Description ip-prefix / mask Address and network seg ment length of ip-prefix GE Greater-equal value of ip-prefix network segment length LE Less-equal value of ip-prefix netwo rk segment length 6.1.11 displa y route-poli[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-10 Field Description if-match (prefixlist) p1 if-match statement configured apply cost 100 Apply routing cost 100 to the routes matching the conditions defined by if-match st atement matched Number of routes m atching the condit[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-11 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] route-policy policy_10 permit node 12 %New sequence of this list [3Com-route-policy] if-match ip-prefix p1 6.1.13 if-match as-p ath Syn tax if-match as-p ath as-path-num be[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-12 View Route policy view Parameter basic-community-li st-number: Basic community list nu mber , ranging from 1 to 99. adv-community-list-num ber: Advanced community list number , ranging from 100 to 199. who le-m atch : Exact m[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-13 Parameter value : Route cost value, ranging from 0 to 4,294,967,2 95. Description Use the if-match cost command to configure one of the match rules of the route-policy to match the cost of routing information. Use the undo if[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-14 Use the undo if-match interface co mmand to cancel the setting of matching condition. By default, no if-match statement is d efined. As an if-match statem ent of route-policy , it matches the corresponding inte rface of route[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-15 An if-match statement of route-policy is used to specify the next hop matching the routing information when filterin g the routes. It performs filter by referencing an A CL or an address prefix list. Related command: if-mat c[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-16 [3Com] route-policy policy permit node 1 %New sequence of this list [3Com-route-policy] if-match tag 8 6.1.19 ip as-p ath-acl Syn tax ip as-p ath-acl acl-number { permit | deny } as-regular -expression undo ip as-p ath-acl ac[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-17 Parameter basic-comm -list-n um ber: Basic community list number , ranging from 1 to 99. adv-comm-list-number: Advance d community list number , ranging from 100 to 199. permit: S pecifies to allow access to matching conditio[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-18 Parameter ip-prefix-name: Name of address p refix list, cont aini ng 1 to 19 characters. It iden tifies an address prefix list uniquely . index-number : Identifier of an item in the prefix address list. The item with a smalle[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-19 Example # Define an ip-prefix named p1 to permit only the routes whose mask lengths a re 17 or 18 on network segment 10.0.192.0 8 to p ass. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] ip ip-p[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6-20 An if-match statem ent defines the match rules of this no de. An apply statement defines the actions after fil tering through th is node. The filtering relationship bet ween the if-match statement s of the node is "and&q[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol C hapter 7 Route Capac ity Configuration C o mmands 7-1 Chapter 7 Route Capacity Configuration Commands  Note: The word “router” covered in the following text represent routers in com mon sense and Ethernet switches running a routing proto col. To improve readability, this [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol C hapter 7 Route Capac ity Configuration C o mmands 7-2 Table 7-1 Description on the fields of the display memory command Field Description System T otal Memory(bytes) Free memo ry size, in bytes, of the switch T otal Used Memory(bytes) Occupi ed memory size, in bytes, of the swit[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol C hapter 7 Route Capac ity Configuration C o mmands 7-3 The information displayed by this co mmand includes Ethernet swit ch memory limit, size of free memory , times of disconnecti on, times of reconn ection, and the current state. The following table de scribes the fields of the[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol C hapter 7 Route Capac ity Configuration C o mmands 7-4 After this command is u sed, connections of all the routing protocols will not recove r when the free memory of the switch recovers to a safety value. In this case, you need to restart the routin g proto col to recover the co[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol C hapter 7 Route Capac ity Configuration C o mmands 7-5 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] memory auto-establish enable 7.1.5 memory { safety | limit }* Syn tax memory { safety safety-value | limit limit-value }* undo memory [ safety | li[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Routing Protocol C hapter 7 Route Capac ity Configuration C o mmands 7-6 Example # Set the lower limit of the switch free memo ry to 2 MB and the safety value to 4 MB. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] memory safety 4 limit 2[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping C onfiguration Commands............................................................... 1-1 1.1 IGMP Snooping Conf iguration Commands ....................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 display igm[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Table of Contents ii Chapter 4 IGMP Conf iguration Commands ................................................................................ 4-1 4.1 IGMP Configur ation Commands ........................................................................................ 4-1 4.1.1 display igm[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Table of Contents iii 5.1.22 stat ic-rp............................................................................................................... . 5-20[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-1 Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands  Note: Ethernet switches serve as routers when an IP multicast protocol is runnin g on them. The routers mentioned here refer to comm on routers and Layer 3 Ethernet switches where the I[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-2 The max response timeout is 1 second(s). The host port timeout is 260 second(s). The above information shows: IGMP Snooping is enabled, the aging time of the router port is 105 seconds, the qu ery response timeout time is one second, an[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-3 The information above means: z Multicast groups exist in VLAN 2. z The address of the IP multicast group is 255.1.1.1. 1.1.3 display ig mp-snooping st atistics Syn tax display igmp-snooping st atistics View Any view Parameter None Descr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-4 z zero IGMP leave packets z zero IGMP error packet s IGMP Snoopi ng sends: z zero IGMP specific query packets 1.1.4 display multicast-vlan Syn tax display multicast - vlan [ vlan-id ] View Any view Parameter vlan-id : ID of the specifie[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-5 Parameter enable : Enables the IGMP Snoopi ng feature. disable : Disables the IGMP Snooping feature. Description Use the igmp-snooping enable command to ena ble the IGMP Snooping feature. Use the igmp-snooping disable command to disable[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-6 If this command is executed, when recei ving an IGMP Leave p acket, IGMP Snooping removes the port from the multica st group directly . When the port has only one user , enabling IGMP fast leave processing can save bandwidt h.  Note:[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-7 Description Use the igmp-snooping group-limit comm and to define the maximum number of multicast groups the po rt can join. Use the undo igmp-snooping group-limit comman d to restore the default setting. By default, there is no limit on[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-8 filtering ACL configured on the access port to determine if the po rt can join the correspondin g multicast group or not. If yes, it adds the port to the forward port list of the multicast group. If not, it drops the IG MP host report m[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-9 [3Com-Ethernet1/0/1] igmp-snooping group-policy 2000 vlan 2 [3Com-Ethernet1/0/1] quit # Configure ACL 2001 to allow users under Ethernet 1/0/2 to access the m ulticast streams in any group s except group s 225.0.0.0 to 225.0.0.255. z Co[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-10 Example # Set the aging time of multicast member port s to 300 seconds. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] igmp-snooping host-aging-time 300 1.1.10 igmp-snooping max-response-time Syn tax igmp[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-11 View System view Parameter None Description Use the igmp - snooping report-a ggregation command to ena ble suppression on Layer 2 multicast IGMP report p ackets. In the IGMP-snooping -enabled VLAN, only one IGMP repo rt p acket is sent[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-12 Description Use the igmp-snooping router-aging-time co mmand to configure the aging time of the router port. Use the undo igmp-snooping router-aging-time command to re store the default aging time. By default, the aging time of the rou[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-13 Caution: z A multicast VLAN cannot be configured as a multicast sub -VLAN. z A multicast sub-VLAN cannot be configured as a mul t icast VLAN. z A multicast sub-VLAN cannot be configure d as the sub-VLAN of other m ulticast VLANs. z One[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-14 By default, no sub-VLAN is conf igured for a multicast VLAN. Caution: z A multicast VLAN cannot be configured as a multicast sub -VLAN. z A multicast sub-VLAN cannot be configured as a mul t icast VLAN. z A multicast sub-VLAN cannot be[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Comman ds 1-15 Example # Clear IGMP Snooping statistics. <3Com> reset igmp-snooping statistics[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-1 Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configuration Commands 2.1 Common IP Multicast Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display mp m forwarding-t able Syn tax display mpm forwarding-t able [ group-address | sourc e-address ] View Any view Para[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-2 GigabitEthernet3/0/19 Total 1 entry(entries) Listed Multicast Forwarding Cache Table Total 1 entry(entries) 00001. (10.11.113.110, 226.1.1.1) in-vlan Vlan1 2 out-vlan(s): Vlan20 Ethernet5/1/33 Vlan10 Ethernet5/1/31 Total 1 entry([...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-3 View Any view Parameter vlan vlan-id : Displays the VLAN where the mult icast group information lies. If this keyword is not specified, the command display s the multicast group information in all VLANs. ip-address : IP addre ss [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-4 Total 2 IP Group(s). Total 2 MAC Group(s). Vlan(id):1200. Total 2 IP Group(s). Total 2 MAC Group(s). Static router port(s): Dynamic router port(s): IP group(s):the following ip group(s) match to one mac group. IP group address:22[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-5 2.1.3 display multi cast forwarding-t able Syn tax display multicast for w arding - tab l e [ group - address [ mask { group - mask | mask - length } ] | sour ce - address [ mask { group - mask | mask - length } ] | incoming-inte[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-6 Field Description Total 1 entries Total number of entries 00001 Serial number of an entry (10.0.0.4, 225.1.1.1) (s,g) iif Vlan-interface2, 0 oifs The incoming interface of the multica st forwarding table is Vlan-interface 2, and [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-7 Example # Query the information about the routing ent ries corresp onding to the multicast group 225.1.1.1.1 in the multicast routing ta ble. <3Com> display multicast routing-table Multicast Routing Table Total 3 entries (4[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-8 Table 2-4 Description on the fields of the display multicast routing-table command Field Description Multicast Routing Table Multicast routing table Total 3 entries There are 3 entries in all in the multicast routing table. (4.4.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-9 z If you specify both the port type and the por t n umber, the multicast sou rce port check information about the spe cified port is di splayed. Example # Display the multicast source port s uppression st ate of Ethernet 1/0/1. &[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-10 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] multicast load-sharing enable 2.1.7 multicast route-limit Syn tax multicast route - limit limit undo multicast route - limit View System view Parameter limit : Limit on the ca[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-11 View System view Parameter None Description Use the multicast routing - enable command to enable the IP multicast routing feature. Use the undo multicast routing - enabl e command to disable the IP multicast routing feature. The[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-12 Caution: z Up to 256 static router po rts ca n be configured in a system. z Reflection ports cannot be config ured as static ro uter ports. z A port in a multicast sub-VLAN cannot be configured as a static router po rt. Example [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-13 Caution: z Up to 256 static router po rts ca n be configured in a system. z Reflection ports cannot be config ured as static ro uter ports. z A port in a multicast sub-VLAN cannot be configured as a static router po rt. Example [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-14 When the switch receives a multicast packet, the switch will search the multicast forwarding entry according to the source add ress and destination addr ess of the p acket. If the matching forwarding entry is found and t he p ac[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-15 Description Use the multicast - source - deny enable command to enable the multica st source port suppression feature. Use the undo multicast - source - deny enable command to restore the default setting. By default, the multica[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-16 group-address : S pecifies the group address. group-mask : S pecifies the mask of the group addre ss. group-mask-l ength : S pecifies the mask length of the group address. source-add ress : S pecifies the so urce addre s s. sour[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configurat ion Comm ands 2-17 group-mask : S pecifies the mask of the group addre ss. group-mask-l ength : S pecifies the mask length of the group address. source-add ress : S pecifies the so urce addre s s. source-ma sk : S pecifies the mask of the source a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 3 Multicast MAC Address Entry Configur ation Commands 3-1 Chapter 3 Multicast MAC Address Entry Configuration Commands 3.1 Multicast MAC Address En try Configuration Commands 3.1.1 display mac- address multicast Syn tax display mac - address multicast [ count ] View Any view Para[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 3 Multicast MAC Address Entry Configur ation Commands 3-2 vlan-id : VLAN ID. interface-list : Forwarding port list, in the format of { { interface-type interfa ce-num } [ to { interface-type interface-num } ] }&<1-10>. Where, interface-t ype is a port type, interface-nu[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-1 Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands  Note: When running IP multicast protocols, Ethern e t switches also provide the functions of switches. We use routers i n this manual to stand for not only the common routers but also the layer 3 Ethernet[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-2 Group Address Last Reporter Uptime Expires 225.1.1.1 20.20.20.20 00:02:04 00:01:15 225.1.1.3 20.20.20.20 00:02:04 00:01:15 225.1.1.2 20.20.20.20 00:02:04 00:01:17 Table 4-1 Output description of the display igmp group comman d Field Description G[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-3 Value of maximum query response time for IGMP(in seconds): 10 Value of robust count for IGMP: 2 Value of startup query interval for IGMP(in seconds): 15 Value of last member query interval for IGMP(in seconds): 1 Value of query timeout for IGMP v[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-4 undo igmp enable View VLAN interface view Parameter None Description Use igmp enable command to enable I GMP on an interface. Use the undo igmp enable command to disable IGMP on the interface. By default, IGMP is disabled on a V ALN interface. . [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-5 By default, 256 IGMP grou p s are added to a VLAN interface. The new configuration overwrites the ol d one if you run the com mand for a second time. Caution: z New groups cannot be a dded when the num ber of IGMP multicast groups has exceeded th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-6 Description Use the igmp group-policy command to set the filter of multicast group s on the VLAN interface to control the access to IP multicast groups. Use undo igmp group-policy comma nd to remove the filter configured. By default, no filter is[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-7 vlan-id : S pecifies the ID for the VLAN to which the port belongs. Description Use the igmp group-policy vlan command to set the filter of multicast groups on a port to control the access to the IP multicast groups. Use the undo igmp group-polic[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-8 number . For the meanings and ranges of the two arguments, ref er to the parameter descriptions in pa rt “Port Basi c Configuration” in this manual. Description Use the igmp host-join port command to enable a port in the VLAN interface of a s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-9 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 10 [3Com-Vlan-interface10] igmp enable [3Com-Vlan-interface10] quit [3Com] interface Ethernet 0/1 [3Com-Ethernet0/1] port access vlan 10 [3Com-Ethernet0/1] igmp host-jo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-10 robust-value × seconds ), the IGMP query router continue to maint ain the membership of this group. When receiving no IGMP Membership Report message from any host s within the defined period, the IGMP query router considers it as timeout and st[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-11 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 10 [3Com-Vlan-interface10] igmp max-response-time 8 4.1.11 igmp proxy Syn tax igmp proxy Vlan - interface interface-number undo igmp proxy Vie[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-12 Example # Configure VLAN-interface 2 as the IGMP proxy interface of VLAN-interface 1 on the Layer 3 switch. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] multicast routing-enable [3Com] interface vlan-interface 1 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-13 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] multicast routing-enable [3Com] igmp report-aggregation 4.1.13 igmp robust-count Syn tax igmp robust-count robust-v alue undo igmp robust-count View VLAN interface vie[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-14 This command is only available on the IGMP query router running IGMP v2. For the host running IGMP v1, this command cannot take ef fect because the host does not send IGMP Leave p ackets when it leaves a group. Related command: igmp lastmember-q[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-15 Example # Set the querier to expire af ter 300 seconds. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 10 [3Com-Vlan-interface10] igmp timer other-querier-present 300 4.1.15 igmp timer quer[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-16 4.1.16 igmp version Syn tax igmp version { 1 | 2 } undo igmp version View VLAN interface view Parameter 1 : IGMP V ersion 1. 2 : IGMP V ersion 2. Description Use the igmp version command to specify the versio n of IGMP that a router uses. Use th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4-17 group-mask : Mask of IGMP group add ress. Description Use the reset igmp group command to delete an existing IGMP group from the VLAN interface. The deleted g roup can be added to the VLAN interface again. Example # Delete all IGMP gro ups on al[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-1 Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5.1 PIM Configuration Commands 5.1.1 bsr-policy Syn tax bsr-policy acl-number undo bsr-policy View PIM view Parameter acl-number : ACL number imported in BSR filtering policy , in the ran ge of 2,000 to 2,999. [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-2 cannot receive or forward BSR messages other than these two. Even leg al BSRs cannot contest with them. Problems may still exist if a legal BS R is attacked, though th ese two measures can effectively guara ntee hig h BSR se curity . The source pa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-3 When configure the candid ate BSR, the larger bandwi dth should be guaranteed since a great amount of information will be exch anged between BSR an d other devices in the PIM domain. Related command: pim sm . Example # Configure the switch a s a B[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-4 Example # Configure the switch to advertise the BSR that the switch it self is the C-RP in the PIM. The stand ard access list 2000 d efines the gr oup s related to the RP . The address of C-RP is de sig nated as the IP addre s s of VLAN-i nterface[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-5 address. For t he C-RP messages received, only when their C-RP addresses match the source address and thei r server group addresses are sub set of those in ACL, can the be considered as mat c hed. Related command: acl , an d rule . Example # Confi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-6 Table 5-1 Description on the fields of the display pim bsr-info command Field Description BSR Bootstrap router Priority Priority of BSR Mask Length: 30 Length of mask Expires: 00:01:55 Value of the timer 5.1.6 display pim interface Syn tax display[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-7 PIM DR(designated router) is 10.10.1.20 Table 5-2 Description on the fields of the display pim interface command Field Description PIM version Version of PIM PIM mode PIM mode enabled on the VLAN interface (DM or SM) PIM query interval Hello packe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-8 Table 5-3 Description on the fields of the display pim neighbor command Field Description Neighbor’s Address Neighbor address Interface name VLAN interface where the neigh bor has been discovered Uptime Time passed since the multicast gro up has[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-9 Example # Display the information about the PIM multicast routing t able. <3Com> display pim routing-table PIM-SM Routing Table Total 0 (*,*,RP)entry, 0 (*,G)entry, 2 (S,G)entries (192.168.1.2, 224.2.178.130), Protocol 0x20: PIMSM, Flag 0x4:[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-10 Description Use the display pim rp-info comm and to view the RP information of the multicast group. In addition, this command can also displ ay the BSR and static RP information. Example # View the RP information of the multicast group <3Com&g[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-11 Parameter None Description Use the pim command to enter PIM view to configure the global PIM parameters. Y ou cannot use the pim command to enable the PIM protocol. Use the undo pim command to exit PIM view to sy stem view a nd clea r the gl o ba[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-12 Note that you cannot use this command to set up a multicast boundary . Instead, what you use this command to set up is just a PIM Boot stra p packet bounda ry . Related command: c-bsr . Example # Configure domain boundary on VLAN-interfa ce10. &l[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-13 5.1.13 pim neighbor-limit Syn tax pim neighbor-limit limit undo pim neighbor-limit View VLAN interface view Parameter limit : Upper limit of PIM neighbors on the VLAN interface, in the range of 0~1 28. Description Use the pim neighbor-limit comma[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-14 Description Use the pim neighbor-policy command to configure the rout er to filter the PIM neighbors on the current VLAN interfa ce. Use the undo pim neighbor-policy command to disabl e the filtering. Only the routers that match t he filtering ru[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-15 Related command: multicast routing - enable . Example # Enable the PIM-SM protocol on VLAN-interface 10. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] multicast routing-enable [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 10 [3C[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-16 [3Com] multicast routing-enable [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 10 [3Com-Vlan-interface10] pim timer hello 40 5.1.17 register-policy Syn tax register-policy acl-num ber undo register-policy View PIM view Parameter acl-number : Number of IP advan [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-17 undo spt-switch-threshold { traf fic-rate | infinit y } [ group-policy acl-number ] View PIM view Parameter traffic-rate : Rate of sendin g multicast packet s in kbps, in the ran ge of 0 to 65,535. The threshold for RPT -to-SPT switchover is 0 by[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-18 5.1.19 reset pim neighbor Syn tax reset pim neighbor { all | { neighbor-address | interface interface-type interface-number } * } View User view Parameter all : All PIM neighbors neighbor -address : S pecifies neighbor ad dress. interface interfa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-19 source-mask-length : S pecifies mask length of the grou p address. incoming-interface : S pecifies incoming interface for the route entry in PIM routing table. interface-type interface-num ber : S pecifies the VLAN interface. Description Use the [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-20 Description Use the source-policy command to co nfigure the router to filter the received m ulticast data p ackets according to the source a ddress or group add re ss. Use the undo source-policy command to remove the configuration. If resource ad[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Multicast Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5-21 acl-number : Basic ACL, used to control the range of multicast group serve d by static RP , which ranges from 2 000 to 2999. If an ACL is not specified upon configuration, st atic RP will serve all multicast groups; if an ACL is specified, static[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1 x Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 802.1x Conf iguration Commands .............................................................................. 1-1 1.1 802.1x Configur ation Co mmands ...................................................................................... 1-1 1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1.1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display dot1x Syn tax display dot1x [ sessions | st atistics ] [ interface interface-list ] View Any view Parameter sessions : Displays the formation about 802.1x se s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-2 DHCP-launch is disabled Proxy trap checker is disabled Proxy logoff checker is disabled Guest Vlan is disabled Configuration: Transmit Period 30 s, Handshake Period 15 s ReAuth Period 003600 s Quiet Period 60 s, Quiet Period Timer is disabled Supp[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-3 Field Description Proxy trap checker is disab led Whether to check a suppli cant system that log s in through a proxy: z Disable means the switch does not send T rap packet s when it detects that a supplica nt system logs in through a proxy . z En[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-4 Field Description Proxy trap checker is disab led Whether to check a suppli cant system that log s in through a proxy: z Disable means the switch does not detect supplicant login through a proxy z Enable means the switch sen ds T rap packets when [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-5 specifies the type of a port and interface-num identifies the port numbe r . "&<1-10>" means that up to 10 port indexes/port index list s can be provided, Description Use the dot1x command to enable 802. 1x globally or for spec[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-6 undo dot1x authenticati on-me thod View System view Parameter chap : Authenticates with the hel p of chal lenge handsha ke authentication protocol (CHAP). pa p : Authenticates with the help of pass word authenti cation protocol (P AP). eap : Authe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-7 undo dot1x dhcp-launch View System view Parameter None Description Use the dot1x dhcp-launch command to specify an 802.1x-enqbled switch to laun ch the process to authenticate a supplicant system when the su pplican t system applies for a dynamic [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-8 where interface- type specifies the type of a port and interface-num identifies the port number . "&<1-10>" means that up to 10 port ind exes/ port index list s ca n be p rovided. Description Use the dot1x guest-vlan comm and t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-9 1.1.6 dot1x max-user Syn tax dot1x max-user user -number [ interface interface-list ] undo dot1x max-user [ interfac e interface-list ] View System view , Ethernet port view Parameter user-num ber : Maximum number of use rs a port ca n accommodate[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-10 1.1.7 dot1x port-control Syn tax dot1x port-control { auto | authorized-force | unauthorized-forc e } [ interface interface-list ] undo dot1x port-control [ interface interface-li st ] View System view , Ethernet port view Parameter auto : S peci[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-11 Related command: display dot1x . Example # S pecify Ethernet 3/0/1 port to operate in unauthorized-force acce ss cont rol mode. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] dot1x port-control unauthorized-force int[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-12 Ethernet port are able to access the network witho ut being authenticated if a supplicant system among them p asses the authenticati on. And when the su ppl icant system logs off, the network i s ina ccessible to all other suppli ca nt system s e[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-13 Example # Enable the quiet-period timer . <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] dot1x quiet-period 1.1.10 dot1x re-authenticate Syn tax dot1x re-authenticate [ interface interface-li st ] undo dot1x re-authe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-14 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Ethernet 3/0/1 [3Com-Ethernet3/0/1] dot1x re-authenticate 1.1.11 dot1x retry Syn tax dot1x retry m ax-retry-val ue undo dot1x retry View System view Parameter max-retry -value : Maxim[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-15 1.1.12 dot1x retry-version-max Syn tax dot1x retry-version-m ax max-retry-ver sion- valu e undo dot1x retry-version-max View System view Parameter max-retry- version-value : Maximum number of times that a switch will resend version request pa cke[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-16 View System view , Ethernet port view Parameter logoff : Disconnect s a supplica nt system if it logs in through a prox y or through multiple network card s. trap : Sends T rap packet s if a supplicant system logs in through a proxy or through mu[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-17 z The 802.1x supplicant system must be able to detect whether the client uses multiple network cards, a proxy , or IE proxy; z CAMS has disabled the use of multiple network card s, a proxy server , and an IE proxy server . By default, an 802.1x s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-18 1.1.14 dot1x timer Syn tax dot1x timer { handshake-period handshake-period-value | reauth-period reauth-period -value | quiet-period quiet-period-value | tx-period tx-period-value | supp-timeout supp-timeout-val ue | server-timeout server-timeout[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-19 tx-period-valu e : V alue of the tx-period, in seconds. This value ranges from 10 t o 120 and defaults t o 30. supp-timeout : Supplicant timeout timer , triggered when the swit ch sends a request/challenge p acket (for MD5 ciph ered te xt) to the[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-20 1.1.15 dot1x version-check Syn tax dot1x version-check [ interface interface-list ] undo dot1x version-check [ interface interface-list ] View System view , Ethernet port view Parameter interface-list : Ethernet port list. Y ou can specify mult i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1x Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1-21 View User view Parameter interface-list : Ethernet port list. Y ou can specify mult iple Ethernet ports by providi ng this argument in the form of interface-list = { interfa ce-name [ to interface- name ] & < 1-10 >. The interface-name [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1 x Chapter 2 HABP Configuration Commands 2-1 Chapter 2 HABP Configuration Commands 2.1 HABP Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display habp Syn tax display habp View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display habp command to di splay HABP conf iguration and status information. Example # Di[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1 x Chapter 2 HABP Configuration Commands 2-2 2.1.2 display habp t able Syn tax display habp t able View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display habp t able command to display the MAC address table maint ained by HABP . Example # Display the MAC address table maint ained by HABP . [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1 x Chapter 2 HABP Configuration Commands 2-3 Description Use the display habp traffic command to display st ati stics on HABP p ackets. Example # Display statistics on HAB P p a ckets. <3Com> display habp traffic HABP counters : Packets output: 0, Input: 0 ID error: 0, Type error: 0, Ve[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1 x Chapter 2 HABP Configuration Commands 2-4 If an 802.1x-enabled switch does not have HABP enabled, it cannot manage the switches attached to it. Example # Enable HABP . <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] habp enable 2.1.5 habp server vlan Syn tax h[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – 802.1 x Chapter 2 HABP Configuration Commands 2-5 undo habp timer View System view Parameter interval : Interval (in seconds) to send HABP reque st packets. Thi s argument ranges from 5 to 600. Description Use the habp timer command to set the interval fo r a switch to send HABP reque st pack ets.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD T able of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWT ACACS Configurat ion Com mands ..................................... 1-1 1.1 AAA Configurat ion Commands .........................................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD T able of Contents ii 1.2.16 reset stop-ac counting-buffer ............................................................................... 1-40 1.2.17 re try ................................................................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1.1 AAA Configuration Commands 1.1.1 access-limit Syn tax access-limit { disable | enable max-use r-num ber } undo access-limit View ISP[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-2 [3Com-isp-aabbcc.net] access-limit enable 500 1.1.2 attribute Syn tax attribute { ip ip-address | mac mac-address | idle-cut second | acce ss-limit max-us er-number | vlan vlan-id | location { nas-ip i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-3  Note: If the accounting optional switch is turned on (with the accounting optional command) in the ISP domain to which the local user belongs or the RADI US scheme referenced by the ISP , you canno[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-4 vlan vlan-id : Cuts down all user conn ections of the specified VLAN. vlan-id ranges from 1 to 4094. ucibindex ucib-index : Cuts down the user conne ction with the specified connection index. The value[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-5 mac mac-address : Displays the connecti on of the us er with the specified MAC address. mac-address is in dash -deli mited hexadecimal not atio n (in the form of H-H-H ). radius-scheme radius-scheme-na[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-6 Description Use the display domain command to display the configuration information ab out one specific or all ISP domains. If you execute this command without specifyi ng any argument, the configurati[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-7 Field Description Idle-cut Sets the idle-cut function. Disable means the idle-cut function is disabled; enable means the functio n is enabled. Self-service URL of the self-service server. Disa ble mean[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-8 user-name user-name : Dis plays the local user wh o has the s pecified us er name. user-nam e is a character string of up to 80 ch aracters. The strin g cannot cont ain the following characters: /:*?&l[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-9 Field Description Access-Limit Limit on the number of access users Bind location Whether or not bound to a port VLAN ID VLAN of the us er IP address IP address of the user MAC address MAC address of th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-10 Therefore, it is nec essary to distinguish betwe en them by setting ISP domains. Y ou can configure a complete set of indepe ndent ISP domain attributes, including AAA sch emes (such as the RADIUS sch[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-11 Related command: domai n . Example # Allow u sers in ISP domain aabbcc.net to enabl e the idle-cut attribute in user template (that is, allow the user to use the idle-cut function), with the maximum i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-12 Example # Set the level of user1 to 3. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] local-user 3Com1 [3Com-luser-3Com1] level 3 1.1.10 local-user Syn tax local-user use[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-13 1.1.11 local-user p assw ord-display-mode Syn tax local-user p assword-display-m ode { cipher-force | auto } undo local-user p assword-display-mode View System view Parameter cipher-force : Adopt s th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-14 Parameter limit : T ime limit in minutes, ranging from 1 to 60. The switch will send prompt messages at regular intervals to users whose remaining onli ne time is le ss than this limit. interval : Int[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-15 Parameter string : VLAN Name for VLAN assignment, a c haracter string of up to 32 characters. Description Use the name command to set a VLAN name, which will be used for VLAN assignment. Use the undo [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-16 Description Use the p assw ord command to set a password for the local user . Use the undo p assw ord command to cancel the passwo rd configured. Note that, after the local-user p assword-display-mode[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-17 Example # S pecify the scheme "3Com" as the RADI US scheme to be used by curre nt ISP domain "aabbcc.net". <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3C[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-18 Related command: radius scheme and display radius Example # S pecify the RADIUS scheme "3Com" as the AAA scheme referenced by the ISP domain "aabbcc.net". <3Com>system-view S[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-19 z Then, the user can chang e the p assword. A user can choose the [change u ser passwo rd] option on the client only after p assing the authentication. If the user fails the authent ication, this opti[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-20 Description Use the service-type command to authori ze the user to access the specified type(s) of service(s ). Use the undo service-type comman d to inhibit the user from accessing the specified type[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-21 Example # Set the ISP domai n aabbcc.net to the block st ate, so that all its of fline users cannot access the net work. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] do[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-22 z Integer: If the RADIUS server assigns in teger type of VLAN IDs, you can set the VLAN assignment mode to integer on the sw itch (this is also the default mode on the switch). Then, upon receiving an[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-23  Caution: z You are recommended to configure the VLAN assignment mode f or the switch the same as that of the assignment attribute value of the RADIUS authentication server. Configure the correct a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-24 interval : Interval to send A ccounting-On packet s, ranging from 1 to 30 and defau lting to 3 seconds. Description Use the accounting-on enable command to en able the user re-authenticati on upon dev[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-25  Note: The switch can automatically generate the ma in attributes (NAS -ID, NAS-IP address and session ID) in the Accounting-On p ack ets. However , you can also manually configure the NAS-IP addre[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-26 z After the accounting opti onal command is used f or a RADIUS scheme, the system will no longer send real -time accounting update p ackets and stop-accounting p acket s for any us er who adopt s the [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-27 Related command: display radius . Example # S pecify to measure dat a and packets i n data fl ows sent to RADIUS serve r in kilobytes and kilo-packet s respectively . <3Com>system-view System Vi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-28 View Any view Parameter radius-scheme-n ame : Name of a RADIUS scheme, a charact er string of up to 32 characters. If this argument is not spe cifi ed, this command displays the configuration informat[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-29 Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display radius command Field Description SchemeName Name of the RADIUS scheme Index Index number of the RADIUS scheme Type Type of the RADIUS servers Primary[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-30 Description Use the display radius st atistics command to display the statist ics about RADIUS packet s, so as to troublesh oot RADIUS configuration. Related command: radius scheme . Example # Display[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-31 Parameter radius-scheme radius-scheme-name : Displays the buffered stop -accounting reque sts of the specified RADIUS scheme. Where, radiu s-scheme-name is a cha racter string of up to 32 characters. [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-32 undo key { accounting | authenticati on } View RADIUS scheme view Parameter accounting : Sets a shared key for t he RADI US accounting pa cket s. authentication : Sets a shared key for the RADIUS auth[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-33 1.2.9 local-server Syn tax local-server nas-ip ip-address ke y p assword undo local-server nas-ip ip-address View System view Parameter nas-ip ip- address : S pecifies the NAS-IP address of the lo cal[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-34 z As a local RADIUS authentication server , the switch does not supp ort EAP authentication. Related command: radius scheme and st ate . Example # Create a network access se rver granted by the RADIUS[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-35 Related command: display radius and radius nas-ip . Example # Set the source IP address used by the switch t o send the RADIUS p acket s to 10.1.1.1. <3Com>system-view System View: return to Use[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-36 Related command: key , radius scheme and st ate . Example # Set the IP addre ss and UDP port number of the primary acco unting server of the RADIUS scheme radius1 to 10.1 10.1.2 and 1813. <3Com>[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-37 accounting server . At the sa me time, you shou ld keep the RADIUS service port settings on the switch consistent with those on the RADI US servers. Related command: key , radius scheme and st ate . E[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-38 z Y ou can specify the source IP address used to send RADIUS packet to prevent the unreachability of the packet s returned from the server due to physical interface trouble. It is recommended to use t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-39 A RADIUS scheme can be referen ced by multiple ISP domains simultaneou sly . Y ou can configure up to 16 RA DIUS sch emes, including the default scheme "sy ste m". The undo radius scheme com[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-40 1.2.16 reset stop-accounting-buffer Syn tax reset stop-accoun ting-buffer { radius-scheme radius-schem e-name | session-id session-id | tim e-range start-time stop-tim e | user-name user -name } View [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-41 Example # Delete the stop-accounting request p acket s buf fered in the system for the user user0001@aabb cc.net. <3Com> reset stop-accounting-buffer user-name user0001@aabbcc.net # Delete the s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-42 Example # Set the maximum transmission times of RADIUS request s in the RADIUS scheme radius1 to five. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] radius scheme radius[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-43 z A real-time account requ est may be sent multiple times (set by the retry command in RADIUS scheme view) for an accounting attempt . If no response is receive d even after the number of transmission[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-44 Use the undo retry stop-ac counting command to restore the default maximum number of transmission att empt s of the buffered stop-accountin g reque sts. S top-accounting request s are critical to b il[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-45 Related command: key , radius scheme and st ate . Example # Set the IP address an d UDP port num ber of the secondary acco unting server of the RADIUS scheme radius1 to 10.1 10.1.1 and 1813. <3Com&[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-46 1.2.22 server-type Syn tax server-type { 3Com | st andard } undo server-type View RADIUS scheme view Parameter 3Com : S pecif ies that the switch support s 3Com's RADIUS server . That is, it is r[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-47 View RADIUS scheme view Parameter primary : S pecifies the server to be set is a primary RADIUS server . secondary : S pecifies the se rver to be set is a se condary RADIUS serve r . accounting : S pe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-48 1.2.24 stop-accounting-buffer enable Syn tax stop-accounting-buffer e nable undo stop-accounting-buffer enable View RADIUS scheme view Parameter None Description Use the stop-accounting-buffer enabl e[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-49 1.2.25 timer Syn tax timer second s undo timer View RADIUS scheme view Parameter seconds : Respo nse timeout time of RADIUS server , ranging from 1 second to 10 seconds. By default, the response timeo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-50 1.2.26 timer quiet Syn tax timer quiet minutes undo timer quiet View RADIUS scheme view Parameter minutes : W ait time, ranging from 1 minute to 255 minutes. By default, it is 5 minutes. Description U[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-51 Parameter minutes : Real-time accou nting interval. It ranges from 3 min utes to 60 minutes and must be a multiple of 3. By default, this interval is 12 minutes. Description Use the timer realtime-acc[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-52 undo timer response-timeout View RADIUS scheme view Parameter seconds : Response timeout time of RADIUS servers, ranging from 1 second to 10 seconds. By default, the response timeout time of the RADIU[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-53 Parameter wi th- dom ai n : S pecifies to include ISP domain names in the user names to be sent to RADIUS server s. without-domain : S pecifies to exclude ISP domain names from the user names to be se[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-54 1.3 HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1.3.1 dat a-flow -format Syn tax dat a-flo w-form at dat a { byte | giga-byte | kilo-byte | mega-by te } dat a-flo w-form at p acket { giga-p acket | kilo-p acket |[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-55 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] hwtacacs scheme test1 [3Com- hwtacacs-test1] data-flow-format data kilo-byte [3Com- hwtacacs-test1] data-flow-format packe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-56 key authentication : 790131 key authorization : 790131 key accounting : 790131 Quiet-interval(min) : 5 Response-timeout-Interval(sec) : 5 Domain-included : No Traffic-unit : B Packet traffic-unit : on[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-57 Related command: reset stop -accounting-buffer , stop-accounting-buffer enable , and retry stop-ac counting . Example # Display the stop-accounting re que sts b u f fered in the HWT ACA CS schem e “[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-58 1.3.5 hwtacacs scheme Syn tax hwt acacs scheme hwt acacs-scheme-name undo hwt acacs scheme hwt acacs-scheme-name undo hwt acacs scheme hwt acacs-scheme-name View System view Parameter hwtaca cs-scheme[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-59 authorization : S pecifies a shared key for the authorization se rver . string : Shared key , a string of up to 16 characters. Description Use the key command to configure a shared key for HWT ACACS a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-60 Description Use the nas-ip command to specify the source address for sending HWT ACACS packet s so that all packet s sent to the T ACACS server carry the same source IP address. Use the undo nas-ip co[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-61 Note that: z You are not allowed to assign the same I P address to both primary and secondary accounting servers; otherwise, uns uccessful operation is prompte d. z If you repeatedly use this command,[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-62 z You can remove an authentication server only when it is not being used by any active TCP connections, and the removal impa cts only packets forwarded afterwards. Related command: display hw t acacs [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-63 Example # Configure a primary authori zation server . <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] hwtacacs scheme test1 [3Com-hwtacacs-test1] primary authorization 10[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-64 Parameter hwt acacs-scheme hwtacacs-schem e-name : Configures to delete t he stop-accounting requests from the buf fer according to the specifie d HWT ACACS scheme name. The hwtaca cs-scheme-name spec[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-65 Parameter retry-times : Maximum number of real-time stop-accounting request attempt s. It is in the range 1 to 300 and default s to 100. Description Use the retry stop-accounting co mmand to enable st[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-66 By default, the IP address of T ACACS accounting server is 0.0.0.0. Note that: z You are not allowed to assign the same I P address to both primary and secondary accounting servers; otherwise, uns ucc[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-67 z You can remove an authentication server only when it is not being used by any active TCP connections. Related command: display hw t acacs . Example # Configure a secondary server . <3Com> syst[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-68 Example # Configure the secondary authorization server . <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] hwtacacs scheme test1 [3Com-hwtacacs-test1] secondary authorizati[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-69 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] hwtacacs scheme test1 [3Com-hwtacacs-test1] stop-accounting-buffer enable 1.3.18 timer quiet Syn tax timer quiet minutes undo timer quiet View HWT [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-70 View HWT ACA CS scheme view Parameter minutes : Real-time accounting interval, whi ch is a multiple of 3 in the range 3 to 60 minutes. By default, the real-time accounting interval is 12 minutes. Desc[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-71 1.3.20 timer response-timeout Syn tax timer response-timeout seco nds undo timer response-timeout View HWT ACA CS schem e view Parameter seconds : Len gth of the response timer i n seconds. It ranges [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACACS, EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1-72 Parameter wi th- dom ai n : S pecifies to send the username with a domain na me to the T ACACS server . without-domain : S pecifies to send the usern ame without any domain name to the T ACA CS server[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACA CS, EAD Chapt er 2 EAD Configuration Commands 2-1 Chapter 2 EAD Configuration Commands 2.1 EAD Configuration Commands 2.1.1 security-policy-server Syn tax security-policy -server ip-addre ss undo security-policy-serv er [ ip-address | all ] View RADIUS scheme view Parameter ip[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – AAA, RADIUS, HWT ACA CS, EAD Chapt er 2 EAD Configuration Commands 2-2 user-name-format without-domain …[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 VRRP Conf iguration Com mands ............................................................................... 1-1 1.1 VRRP Configur ation Commands ....................................................................................... 1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1.1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging vrrp Syn tax debugging vrrp { st ate | packet } undo debugging vrrp { st ate | packet } View User view Parameter st ate : Debugs VRR P state. p acket : Debu[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1-2 st atistics : Displays VRRP st atistics. virtual-r outer-id : VRRP backup gro up ID ranging from 1 to 255. Description Use the display vrrp command to display the information abo ut the VRRP st ate or VRRP stat ist ics. When VRRP st atus info[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1-3 Field Description V ersion Errors Number of version errors VRID Errors Number of backup group ID errors Advertisement Interval Erro rs Number of advertisement time interval errors IP TTL Errors Number of T TL errors Auth Failures Number of au[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1-4 z If only the interface index is specified, the statistics information about all the backup groups on the inte rface will be cleared. z If both the interface index and backup gr oup I D are specifie d, the statistics information about the spe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1-5 Example # S pecify the authentication type as simple , and authentication key as aab bcc. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 2 [3Com-Vlan-interface2] vrrp authentication-mode[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1-6 Example # Map the real MAC address of a routing in terfa ce to a virtual route r IP address. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] vrrp method real-mac 1.1.6 vrrp ping-enable Syn tax vrrp ping-enable un[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1-7 View VLAN interface view Parameter virtual-r outer-id : VRRP backup gro up ID ranging from 1 to 255. delay-value : Delay period (in seconds) ranging from 0 to 255. Description Use the vrrp vrid preempt-mod e command to configure a switch to o[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1-8 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 2 [3Com-Vlan-interface2] vrrp vrid 1 preempt-mode # Set the delay period. [3Com-Vlan-interface2] vrrp vrid 1 preempt-mode timer delay 5 # C[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1-9 1.1.9 vrrp vrid timer advertise Syn tax vrrp vrid virtual-router-i d timer advertise adve r-interval undo vrrp vrid virtual-router -id timer advertise View VLAN interface view Parameter virtual-r outer-id : VRRP backup gro up ID ranging from [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1-10 Parameter virtual-r outer-id : VRRP backup gro up ID ranging form 1 to 255. Interface-type interface-number : VLAN interface to be tracked. value-reduce d : V alue by which the priori ty is to decrease. This argument ranges from 1 to 255. De[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1-11 [3Com] interface Vlan-interface 2 [3Com-Vlan-interface2] vrrp vrid 1 track vlan-interface 1 reduced 50 1.1.11 vrrp vrid virtual-ip Syn tax vrrp vrid virtual-route r-id virtual-ip virt ual-address undo vrrp vrid virtual-router -id [ virtual-i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1-12 # Remove a backup group. [3Com-Vlan-interface2] undo vrrp vrid 1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 2 HA Configuration Commands 2-1 Chapter 2 HA Configuration Commands 2.1 HA Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display switchover st ate Syn tax display switchover st ate [ slot-id ] View Any view Parameter slot-id : Slot number of master/slave board. Description Use the display swi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 2 HA Configuration Commands 2-2 Description Use slave auto-up date config command to enable the autom ati c synchronization of configuration files between t he master/slave systems. Use the undo slave auto-up date config command to disable the aut omatic synchronization. By d[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 2 HA Configuration Commands 2-3 View User view Parameter None Description Use the slave switchov er command to perfo rm ma ster/slave switchover manually . When the slave board operates normally and the master board is in the real-time backup st ate, if you want the slave boa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – VRRP & HA Chapter 2 HA Configuration Commands 2-4 Now saving the current configuration to the slave board. Please wait... The configuration has been saved to the slave board successfully.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 ARP Confi guration Co mmands .................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 ARP Configur ation Commands.......................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-1 Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands 1.1 ARP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 arp check enable Synt ax arp check enable undo arp check enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the arp check enable command to enabl e the ARP entry checki ng fu[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-2 Parameter number: The maximum number of the ARP entries, in the range of 4,096 to 8,192. Description Use the arp max-entry command to set the limit of th e total number of the ARP entries. The value ranges from 4,096 to 8,192. Use the undo arp max-entr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-3 [3Com] interface GigabitEthernet 3/0/1 [3Com GigabitEthernet3/0/1] arp max-dynamic-entry 6000 1.1.4 arp proxy enable Synt ax arp proxy enable undo arp proxy enable View VLAN interface view Parameter None Description Use the arp proxy enable command to [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-4 Parameter None Description Use the arp proxy source-v lan enable command to enable the inbound VLA N ARP proxy function to process the ARP requests in the same VLAN, so as to realize the Layer 3 connectivity between t he Layer 2 isolated po rts. Use th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-5 through : Sets the maximum number of ARP p ackets (with the same source IP addresses, and the de stination IP address is not the IP address of the current switch) sent to the CPU at a time. limit-value : Maximum number of A RP p ackets of a type sent t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-6 mac-address : MAC addre ss contained i n the ARP m apping entry to be created, in the format of H-H-H. vlan-id : ID of the VLAN to which the st atic ARP entry belongs, in the range of 1 to 4 094. interface-type : T ype of the port to which the static A[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-7 Description Use the arp timer aging comm and to configure the agi ng time for dynamic ARP mapping entries. Use the undo arp timer aging command to re store the default aging time. By default, the aging time for dynamic ARP mappi ng entries is 20 minute[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-8 192.168.0.2 000d-88f8-4e88 1 Ethernet1/0/2 14 D 192.168.0.200 0014-222c-9d6a 1 Ethernet1/0/2 14 D 192.168.0.45 000d-88f6-44c1 1 Ethernet1/0/2 15 D 192.168.0.110 0011-4301-991e 1 Ethernet1/0/2 15 D 192.168.0.32 0000-e8f5-73ee 1 Ethernet1/0/2 16 D 192.16[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-9 text : S tring used to filter ARP mapping entries. Description Use the display arp | com mand to display the ARP mapping ent ries related to string in a specified way . Related command: arp st atic , reset arp . Example # Display all the ARP mapping en[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-10 If you specify a port in the command, t he command will display the limit of the tot al number of ARP entrie s and the limit numbe r of the dynamic ARP entries on the specified po rt. If you do not specify a port in the command, the com mand will disp[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-11 1.1.13 display arp proxy Synt ax display arp proxy [ interface interface-type interface-num ber ] View Any view Parameter interface-type : Interface type. interface-number : Interface number . For more information abo ut argument s, refer to the inter[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-12 Type: S-Static D-Dynamic IP Address MAC Address VLAN ID Port Name Aging Type 10.1.1.2 00e0-fc01-0102 1 Ethernet3/0/1 N/A S 1.1.15 display ar p source-suppression Synt ax display arp source-suppression View Any view Parameter None Description Use the d[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-13 Example # Display the ARP mappi ng table of VLAN1. <3Com> display arp vlan 1 Type: S-Static D-Dynamic IP Address MAC Address VLAN ID Port Name Aging Type 10.1.1.2 00e0-fc01-0102 1 Ethernet3/0/1 N/A S 1.1.17 display arp timer aging Synt ax displa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-14 Description Use the gratuitous-arp-learning enable comma nd to enable the gratuitous ARP packet learning functio n. Use the undo gratuitous-arp-learning enable command to disa ble the gratuitous ARP p acket learning function. By default, the gratuitou[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ARP Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Comman ds 1-15 Example # Clear st atic ARP mapping entrie s. <3Com> reset arp static[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DHCP Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configurati on Commands ................................................................... 1-1 1.1 DHCP Server Conf iguration Commands ........................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 dhcp enable ........[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DHCP Contents ii 2.1.1 addre ss-check ......................................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.2 address-chec k dhcp-r elay ....................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.3 address-chec k no-m[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1.1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1.1.1 dhcp enable Syntax dhcp enable undo dhcp enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp enable command to enab le DHCP . Use the undo dh[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-2 dhcp select global { interface in terface-ty pe interfa ce-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] | all } undo dhcp select global { interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-num ber ] | all } View System vi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-3 dhcp select interface { interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] | all } undo dhcp select interface { interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-nu mber ] | all } View System[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-4 Parameter None Description Use the dhcp server detect comm and to enable the unauthorized DHCP serve r detecting function. Use the undo dhcp server detect command to disabl e the unauthorized DHCP server detecting function. By default, the una[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-5 interface interface-type interface-num ber [ to interface-type interface-number ]: S pecifies the interface(s), through which y ou can specify the correspo nding interface address pools. all : (In compari son with the ip-address argument) Spec[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-6 Parameter domain-name : Domai n name of the DHCP client s whose IP addresses are from the specified interface address pool(s). This argument is a string of 3 to 50 characters. interface interface-type interface-num ber [ to interface-type inte[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-7 Parameter day day : S pecifies the number of days. The day argument ranges from 0 to 365. hour hour : S pecifies the number of hours. The ho ur argument ranges from 0 to 23. minute minute : S pecifies the number of minutes. The minute argument[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-8 high-ip-address : IP address that is not available for being assig ned to DHCP clients. This argument also marks the higher end of the range of the forb idden IP addresse s. Note that this argument can not be less than the low-ip-address argu [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-9 Use the undo dhcp server ip-pool command to remove a specif ied DHCP addres s pool. By default, no global DHCP addre s s pool is created. Related command: dhcp enable . Example # Create DHCP add ress pool 0. <3Com> system-view System Vie[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-10 Description Use the dhcp server nbns-list command to configure NetBIOS server IP address(es) for the specified DHCP interface address pool(s). Use the undo dhcp server nbns-list command to remove the NetBIOS server IP address(es) configured f[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-11 m-node : S pecifies the m-typed mixed type. Node s of this type are p-nodes with some broadcasting features. (The cha ra cter m here stands f or mixed.) h-node S pecifies the hybrid type. Nodes of this type are b-nodes with peer-to-pee r comm[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-12 View System view/VLAN interface view Parameter code : Customized option number ranging from 2 to 254. Note that this argument cannot be 3, 6, 15, 44, 46, 50 through 55, 57 through 59. ascii ascii-string : S pecifies a string that is of 1 to 6[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-13 View System view Parameter p acket s number : S pecifies the number of the packet s to be sent in a ping test. The number argument range s from 0 to 10 and default s to 2. V alue 0 mean s no packet will be sent. timeout milliseconds : S pecif[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-14 Use the undo dhcp server st atic-bind command to can cel an IP-MAC addre ss binding. By default, no IP address in an addr ess p ool is st atically bound. It should be noted that: z An IP addre ss can be st atically bound to only one M AC addr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-15 10.110.1.2 Jan 11 2003 11:57:07 PM Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display dhcp serve r conflict command Field Description Address Conflicting IP address Discover T ime T ime when the conflict is detected 1.1.16 display dhcp server[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-16 Interface pool: IP address Hardware address Lease expiration Type --- total 0 entry --- Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display d hcp server expired comm and Field Description Global pool The information about the expired IP addres[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-17 IP Range from 4.0.0.0 to 4.255.255.255 IP Range from 5.5.5.0 to 5.5.5.0 IP Range from 5.5.5.2 to 5.5.5.255 1.1.18 display dhcp server ip-in-use Syntax display dhcp server ip-in-use { ip ip-address | pool [ pool-name ] | interface [ interface-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-18 Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display dhcp serve r ip-in-use command Field Description Global pool Address binding information of global DHCP address pools Interface pool Address binding information of interface DHCP add ress poo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-19 Expire: 0 Interface Pool: Pool Number: 1 Binding Auto: 1 Manual: 0 Expire: 0 Boot Request: 6 Dhcp Discover: 1 Dhcp Request: 4 Dhcp Decline: 0 Dhcp Release: 1 Dhcp Inform: 0 Boot Reply: 4 Dhcp Offer: 1 Dhcp Ack: 3 Dhcp Nak: 0 Bad Messages: 0 T[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-20 Field Description Boot Reply: 4 Dhcp Offer: 1 Dhcp Ack: 3 Dhcp Nak: 0 S tatistics about the DHCP packets sent to DHCP clients Bad Messages Number of the error DHCP p ackets 1.1.20 display dhcp server tree Syntax display dhcp server tr ee { po[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-21 Pool name: 6 static-bind ip-address 10.10.1.2 mask 255.0.0.0 static-bind mac-address 00e0-00fc-0001 Parent node:5 option 10 ip-address 255.255.0.0 expired 1 0 0 Pool name: 7 network 10.10.1.64 mask 255.255.255.192 PrevSibling node:5 option 10[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-22 Field Description Child node:6 The address pool 6 is the child no de of this node. This field can display the information about the following types of node: Child node: Displays the information a bout an address pool that is a child of the cu[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-23 undo dns-list { ip-address | all } View DHCP add re ss pool view Parameter ip-address &<1-8>: IP address of a DNS server . &<1-8> st ring means you can provide up to eight DNS server IP addresses. When inputting more than [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-24 Description Use the domain-name command to configure a dom ain name for the DHCP client s of a global DHCP addre ss pool. Use the undo domain-name command to remove the domain na me. By default, no domain name is configured for the DHCP clien[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-25 Example # Set the lease time of the IP addresses i n the global DHCP addre ss pool 0 to 1 day , 2 hours and 3 minutes. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] dhcp server ip-pool 0 [3Com-dhcp-pool-0] expi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-26 1.1.25 nbns-list Syntax nbns-list ip-address &<1-8> undo nbns-list { ip-address | all } View DHCP add re ss pool view Parameter ip-address &<1-8>: IP address of a NetBIOS serv e r . &<1-8> means you can provi de [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-27 View DHCP add re ss pool view Parameter b-node : S pecifies the broadcast type. Nodes of this type acquire host name-to-IP address mapping by broadcasting. p-node : S pecifies the peer-to-pee r type. Nodes of this type acquire host name-to-IP[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-28 If neither subnet mask nor mask length is specified in this command, the default subnet mask is adopted. Description Use the network command to configu re a dynamically assigned IP address range (where IP addre sses will be dynamically assign[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-29 ip-address ip -address &<1-8>: S pecifies IP addresses. The & <1-8> string me ans that you can provide up to eight IP addre sses. When entering more than one IP add resses, separate two neigh boring IP addresses with a sp [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-30 1.1.30 reset dhcp server ip-in-use Syntax reset dhcp server ip-in-use { all | interface [ interfac e-type inter face-numbe r ] | ip ip-address | pool [ pool-name ] } View User view Parameter all : Clears the dynamic address bi ndin g in forma[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-31 Description Use the reset dhcp server st atistics command to clear the st atistics on a DHCP server , such as the number of DHCP unr ecognized p ackets/re quest packet s/response pack ets. Related command: display dhcp serv er statistics . Ex[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-32 Example # Bind the IP addre ss 10.1.1.1 (with the subnet mask 255.255. 255.0) to the MAC address 0000-e03f-03 05. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] dhcp server ip-pool 0 [3Com-dhcp-pool-0] static-bi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands 1-33 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] dhcp server ip-pool 0 [3Com-dhcp-pool-0] static-bind ip-address 10.1.1.1 mask 255.255.255.0 [3Com-dhcp-pool-0] static-bind mac-address 0000-e03f-0305[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay C onfiguration Commands 2-1 Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands 2.1 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands 2.1.1 address-check Syntax address-check enable address-check disable View VLAN interface view Parameter None Description Use the address-check enable comm and t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay C onfiguration Commands 2-2 View VLAN interface view Parameter None Description Use the address-check dhcp-relay enable command to validate the dynamic entries generated by the DHCP relay . Use the address-check dhcp-relay disable command to invalidate the dynamic entrie[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay C onfiguration Commands 2-3 Description Use the address-check no-matche d enable command to forbid freely-connecte d clients t o p ass DHCP sec urity check. Use the address-check no-matche d disable command to allow freely-conne cted clients t o p ass DHCP sec urity chec[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay C onfiguration Commands 2-4 Related command: dhcp relay information strate gy . Example # Enable option 82 supporting on a DHCP relay . <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] dhcp relay information enable 2.1.5 dhcp relay informatio[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay C onfiguration Commands 2-5 2.1.6 dhcp-security st atic Syntax dhcp-security st atic ip-address mac - address undo dhcp-security { ip-addres s | all | dyn amic | st atic } View System view Parameter ip-address : User IP address. mac-addres s : User MAC address. all : Rem[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay C onfiguration Commands 2-6 interval : S pecified refresh interval, in the range of 1 to 120 in seconds. Description Use the dhcp-security tracker command to configure the in te rval at which the DHCP relay refreshes the addresses entries of dynamic users. Use the undo d[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay C onfiguration Commands 2-7 2.1.9 dhcp-server ip Syntax dhcp-server groupNo ip ip-add ress &<1-8> undo dhcp - server groupNo View System view Parameter groupNo : DHCP se rver group number , ranging from 0 to 19. ip-address &<1-8>: IP address of the DN[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay C onfiguration Commands 2-8 dyn amic : Displays the dynamic user address e ntries. st atic : Displays th e static user address en tries. Description Use the display dhcp-security command to display one or all user address entries, or a specified type of user address entr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay C onfiguration Commands 2-9 Example # Display the interval at which the DHCP relay refreshes the address entries of dynamic users. <3Com> display dhcp-security tracker Current tracker interval: 10s 2.1.12 display dhcp-server Syntax display dhcp-server groupNo View [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay C onfiguration Commands 2-10 DHCP_DECLINE messages: 0 DHCP_DISCOVER messages: 0 DHCP_REQUEST messages: 0 DHCP_INFORM messages: 0 DHCP_RELEASE messages: 0 BOOTP_REQUEST messages: 0 BOOTP_REPLY messages: 0 Table 2-2 Description on the fields of the display d hcp -server co[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay C onfiguration Commands 2-11 2.1.13 display dhcp-server interface Syntax display dhcp-server interface Vlan-interfa ce vlan-id View Any view Parameter vlan-id : VLAN ID. Description Use the display dhcp-server interface comman d to display information about the DHCP se r[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay C onfiguration Commands 2-12 Example # Clear the st atistics inform ation of DHCP serve r gro u p 2. <3Com> reset dhcp-server 2[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 3 DHCP Snoop ing Configuration Comma nds 3-1 Chapter 3 DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands 3.1 DHCP Snooping C onfiguration Commands 3.1.1 dhcp-snooping Syntax dhcp-snooping undo dhcp-snooping View System view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp-snooping command to enable the DH[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 3 DHCP Snoop ing Configuration Comma nds 3-2 View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp-snooping trust command to set an Etherne t port to a trusted port. Use the undo dhcp-snooping trust command to restore an Ethernet port to an untrusted port. DHCP snoo ping se[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 3 DHCP Snoop ing Configuration Comma nds 3-3 Description Use the dhcp-snooping information enable com mand to enable DHCP-Snooping option 82. Use the undo dhcp-snooping information enable command to disable DHCP-Snooping option 82. DHCP-Snooping option 82 is disabled by default. Exam[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 3 DHCP Snoop ing Configuration Comma nds 3-4 3.1.5 display dhcp-snooping trust Syntax display dhcp-snooping trust View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display dhcp-snooping trust comman d to display the (enabled/disabled) state of the DHCP snooping function and the truste[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – DHCP Chapter 3 DHCP Snoop ing Configuration Comma nds 3-5 Description Use the display dhcp-snooping vlan command to display the IP-MAC mapping relations recorded by the DHCP-Snoo pin g-e nabled switch in the specified VLAN. Example # Display the IP-MAC mapping relations reco rded by the DHCP-Snoo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 AC L Commands ......................................................................................................... .. 1-1 1.1 ACL Configur ation Commands .......................................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-1 Chapter 1 ACL Commands 1.1 ACL Configuration Commands  Note: The A-type cards includes 3C16860, 3 C16 861, 3 C16858, and 3C16859. 1.1.1 acl Syntax acl { number acl-number | name acl-name [ advanced | basic | link | user ] } [ match-o rder { config | auto } ] und[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-2 all : Cancels all ACLs (including those identified by a number or a name). Description Use the acl command to define an ACL and enter the corresponding ACL view . Use the undo acl command to delete all entries of an ACL identified by a number or a name, or the enti[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-3 Parameter ip-based : Performs traf fic classification based on Layer 3 information. link-based : Performs traf fic classificatio n based on L ayer 2 information. Description Use the acl mode command to set the traf fic classification mode for the device. By default[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-4 By default, the configured ACL rules sent to a port take ef fect in the depth-first order . Use the acl match-order { config | auto } command to set the match ord er of ACL rules when they are confi gured (before t hey are sent to a port). While use the acl order c[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-5 <3Com> display acl config all Basic ACL 2000, 1 rule, rule 0 permit source 1.1.1.1 0 (0 times matched) 1.1.5 display acl config st atistics Syntax display acl config st atistics View Any view Parameter None Description Use the command display acl config st at[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-6 Description Use the display acl mode command to view the ACL running mode chosen by the switch for filtering the traffic. Example # Display the ACL running mode chosen by the switch. <3Com> display acl mode The current acl mode: ip-based. 1.1.7 display acl or[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-7 Description Use the display acl remaining entry slot command to display the remai ning ACL entries on a specified slot . The displayed content includes the entry resource type, total entries resource num ber , reserved ent ries number for syste m ACL, number of con[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-8 1.1.9 display acl running-p acket-filter Syntax display acl running-p acket-filter { all | interface interface-type interface-number } View Any view Parameter all : Represents all the ACLs to be displa yed (incl uding those identified by a number or a name). interf[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-9 Description Use the display time-range command to view the configuratio n and status of the current time range. For an active time range, this command di splays “active”; for an inactive time range, this command displays “ina ctive”. Note that there is a de[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-10 Table 1-3 Description of the fields of the display time-range command Field Description Current time is 14:36:36 4-3-2003 Thursday The current time of the system. Time-range : tm1 ( Inactive ) from 08:30 2-5-2005 to 18:00 2/19/2005 Time range tm1. “Inactive” i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-11 the ACL combinations on service boards oth er than A type and the corresponding parameter description. Table 1-4 Combined application of ACL s on service board of A type Combination mode Form of acl-rule Apply all rules in an IP type ACL separately ip-group { acl-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-12 Table 1-6 Parameters description of ACL combina tions Parameter Description ip-group { acl-number | acl-name } Basic and advanced ACL. acl-number : ACL number of basic and advanced ACL, ranging from 2,000 to 3,999. acl-name : ACL name, case insensitive string, up [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-13 Description Use the p acket-filter command to activate ACL on a port to filter packets. Use the undo p acket-filter command to c ancel it.  Note: ARP p ackets are allowed to p ass by defaul t on the S witch 7750. Y ou cannot use the p acket-filter command to fi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-14 Command Function reset traffic-statistic Reset statistic information of traffic. This command i s applicable to the ACL which is used to filter or classify the data transmitted by the hardware of a switch. Commonly, this command is used to reset the st atistics in[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-15 Before you can delete a rule, you need to sp e cify the rule ID. If you do not know the rule ID, you can view it by the display acl command. In the case that you specify the rule ID when defining a rule: z If the rule corresponding to t he specified rule ID alread[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-16 permit : Permits packet s that satisfy the condition to pass. rule-string : Rule information, which ca n be combi nati on of the p ara meters descri bed in T able 1-8. Y ou nee d to configure the protocol argum ent in the rule information before you can configure [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-17  Note: sour- wildcard / dest - wildcard is the complement of the wildcard mask of the source/destination subnet mask. For ex ample, you need to input 0.0.255.255 to specify the subnet mask 255.255.0.0. Th e argu ment s can be set as 0 to represent the host IP a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-18 T o define the IP preceden ce, you can directly input a value ranging from 0 to 7, or input a keyword listed in the following t a ble. Table 1-10 Description of IP preced ence value Key word IP Precedence value in decimal IP Precedence value in binary routine 0 00[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-19 Table 1-12 TCP/UDP-specific rule information Parameter Type Function Description source-port operator port1 [ port2 ] Source port(s) Defines the source port information of UDP/TCP packets destination-port operator port1 [ port2 ] Destination port(s) Defines the de[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-20 Table 1-14 ICMP messages Name ICMP TYPE ICMP CODE echo Type=8 Code=0 echo-reply Type=0 Code=0 fragmentneed-DFset Type=3 Code=4 host-redirect Type=5 Code=1 host-tos-redirect Type=5 Code=3 host-unreachable Type=3 Code=1 information-reply Type=16 Code=0 information-r[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-21 z If the rule corresponding to the specified rule ID does not exists, you will create and define a new rule. z The content of a modified or created rule mu st not be identical with the content of any existing rule; otherwise the rule m odification or creatio n wil[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-22 Table 1-15 Rule information Parameter Ty pe Function Description format-type Link layer encapsulation type Defines the link layer encapsulation type in the rule format-type : the value can be 802.3/802.2, 802.3, ether_ii, or snap. lsap lsap-code lsap-wildcard lsap[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-23 T o define the CoS value, you can directly input a value ranging from 0 to 7, or i nput a keyword listed in the following table. Table 1-16 Description of CoS value Key word CoS value in decimal CoS value in binary best-effort 0 000 background 1 001 spare 2 010 ex[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-24 [3Com-acl-ethernetframe-4000] rule deny cos 3 source 000d-88f5-97ed ffff-ffff-ffff dest 0011-4301-991e ffff-ffff-ffff 1.1.16 rule (user-defined ACL) Syntax rule [ rule-id ] { permit | deny } { rule-string rule-mask of fset } &<1-8> [ time-range time-name[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-25 z If the rule corresponding to t he specified rule ID alread y exists, you will edit the rule, and the modified part in the rul e will replace the original co ntent, while other parts remain unchanged. z If the rule corresponding to the specified rule ID does not [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-26 end-time : End time of a special time range, in the form of hh:mm. Optional argument. days-of-the-week : Day of the week when the special time range is ef fective. Optional argument. Av ailable a rguments and argu ment combinations are as follows: z Numerals (0 to[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – ACL Chapter 1 AC L Comma nds 1-27 [3Com] time-range test from 0:0 2000/1/1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Qo S Commands ......................................................................................................... .. 1-1 1.1 QoS Co mmands .....................................................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1.1 QoS Commands  Note: The A-type LPUs (cards) include 3 C16860, 3C16861, 3C16858, and 3 C16 859. 1.1.1 display priority trust Syn tax display priority trust View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display priority trust command to[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-2 1.1.2 display qos co s-local-precedence-map Syn tax display qos cos-local-precedence -m ap View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display qos cos-local-precedenc e-map command to view the “COS-to-local-precedenc e” mapping t able. Example # Display the [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-3 command will display the QoS parameter configur ation of all the port s of the switch; if you provide the interface-type interface-num ber argument, this command will displa y QoS parameter configu rati on of the specified port. Example # Display all the QoS paramete[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-4 Parameter interface-type interface-num ber : Port index. Description Use the display qos-interface line-rate comman d to view the rate limit configuration (including the outbound port and the limit rate) fo r the outboun d direction of a port or all the ports of a sw[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-5 Description Use the display qos-interface queu e-scheduler command to display the queu e scheduling mode configuration of the specifie d port or all ports. If the interface-type interface-number argument is not specified, you w ill view the queue scheduling mode para[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-6 7 7 2560 0 0 common queue statistics(in bytes): 49152 0 0 1.1.6 display qos-inte rface traffic-bandwidth Syn tax display qos-interface [ interface-type in terface-n umber ] traffic-band w idth View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-num ber : Port index. Des[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-7 Parameter interface-type interface-num ber : Port index. Description Use the display qos-interfa ce traffic-limit command to view the traf fic limit configuration of a port or all the port s of a switch, including the applied ACLs for traf fic limit, committed averag[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-8 Example # Display the traffic prio rity config uration. <3Com> display qos-interface traffic-priority Ethernet1/0/1: traffic-priority Outbound: Matches: Acl 2000 rule 0 running Priority action: dscp be 1.1.9 display qos-in terface traffic-red Syn tax display qo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-9 1.1.10 display qos-inte rface traffic-redirect Syn tax display qos-interface [ interface-type in terface-n umber ] traffic-redirect View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-num ber : Port index. Description Use the display qos-inter face traffic-redirect comm[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-10 Description Use the display qos-interfa ce traffic-remark -vlanid comman d to display the configuration of the traf fic-based flexible QinQ function. The di splayed information includes the ACL rules used for traffic identifyi ng an d the ID of the external VLAN tag[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-11 Matches: Acl 2000 rule 0 running 105 packets 1.1.13 inboundcar Syn tax inboundcar { enable | disable } View System view Parameter enable : Enables the inbound CAR funct ion. disable : Disables the inbound CAR function. Description Use the inboundcar enable command t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-12 For example, if you want to set the CA R ban dwidth of 2 M for the traffic matchi ng the rule 0 on the switch, u se th e traffic-limit command to enable the CAR functi on o n two ports. z If the inbound CAR function is enabled, the two ports provides guarante ed ban[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-13  Note: Only type-A LPUs support the rate limit configuration. Example # Limit the rate of packet s on GigabitEthernet1/0/1 to 10 Mbp s . <3Com> system-view [3Com] interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1 [3Com-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos [3Com-qosb-GigabitEthernet1/0/1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-14 <3Com> system-view [3Com] interface Ethernet1/0/1 [3Com-Ethernet1/0/1] priority 7 1.1.16 priority trust Syn tax priority-trust { dscp | ip-precedenc e | cos | local-precedence } View System view Parameter dscp : Puts a p acket into the corresponding output que[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-15 z cos precedence: cos preced ence value ranges fro m 0 to 7, the packet whose precedence value i s 0 is put into queue 2, the packet whose precedence value i s 1 is put into queue 0, the packet whose p r ecedence value is 2 is put into queue 1. As for the left prece[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-16 Example # Enter QoS view of a non-type-A LPU and query the QoS configuration sup ported by the LPU. <3Com> system-view [3Com] interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1 [3Com-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos [3Com-qosb-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ? Qosb view commands: display Display [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-17 traffic-bandwidth Guarantee the bandwidth of the packets traffic-limit Limit the rate of the packets traffic-priority Specify new priority of the packets traffic-red Random early detect the packets traffic-remark-vlanid Remark vlan ID of the packets traffic-statisti[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-18 Description Use the qos cos-local-pr ecedence-map command to config ure the “CoS-to-local-precedenc e” mapping t able. Use the undo qos cos-local-prece dence-map command to restore the default values. The following is the default “CoS -to- local-precedence” [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-19 Table 1-3 “CoS-to-local-precede nce” mapping table CoS value Local precedence 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 1.1.19 queue-scheduler Syn tax queue-scheduler { rr | strict-priority | wr r queue1-weight queue2-weig ht queue3-weight queue4-weight queue5-weight queu[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-20 By default, the SP algorithm is adopted. Related command: display qos-interface queue-scheduler .  Note: Only non-type-A LPUs support the conf iguration of queue scheduling mode. Example # Adopt the WRR queue scheduling mode, and t he weight value of each queue i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-21 Parameter acl-rule : Appli ed ACL which can be the combination of variou s ACL rule s. F or the ways of type-A LPUs to combine ACLs and the de scription on related p arameters, refer to T able 1-4 and T able 1-6. For the ways of non-type- A LPUs to combine ACLs and [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-22 Table 1-6 Description on the parameters in the ACL com bination Parameter Description ip-group { acl-number | acl-name } Basic and advance d ACL acl-number : ACL number in the range of 2,000 to 3,999. acl-name : ACL name which contain s up to 32 characters. It must [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-23 Table 1-7 The reset acl counter command vs the reset tra ffic-statistic command Command Function reset acl counter Clear the ACL statistics. This command is a pplicable to ACLs used for filteri ng and classifying the traf fic processed by soft ware. ACLs are referen[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-24 Parameter outbound : Guarantees the bandwid th for the outbound packet s sent by the port. acl-rule : Applied ACL rules which can be the combinati on of various ACL rules. F or the ways of combining ACLs and the description on relat ed param eters, refer to T able 1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-25  Note: Assume there are N flows on a p ort, the ba ndwidth of the port i s Bp, the minimum guaranteed bandwidth of th e i th flow is Bimin, and the maximum guaranteed bandwidth of the i th flow is Bimax, and the weight is Wi . If the bandwidth occupied by all the[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-26 1.1.22 traffic-limit Syn tax I. For type-A LPUs: traffic-limit { inbound | outbound } acl-rule [ s ystem-index ] t arget-rate undo traffic-limit { inbound | outbound } acl-rule II. For non-type-A LPUs: traffic-limit inbound acl-rule [ system-index ] [ kbp s ] target[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-27 z If the input index value is not 0 and does not conflict with the interior index used by the system, the system will adopt the index value input by you; z If the input index value is not 0 but conflic ts with the interior i ndex used by the system, the system will [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-28 [3Com-Ethernet1/0/1] qos [3Com-qoss-Ethernet1/0/1] traffic-limit inbound ip-group 2000 128 # Perform traffic limit on the packet s matching the permit rule in ACL 2000 on GigabitEthernet1/0/1 of a non-type-A LPU. The maximum rate is 128 kbps. <3Com> system-vie[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-29 acl-rule : Appli ed ACL which can be the combination of variou s ACL rule s. F or the ways of type-A LPUs to combine ACLs and the de scription on related p arameters, refer to T able 1-4 and T able 1-6. For the ways of non-type- A LPUs to combine ACLs and the descri[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-30 Key w ord DSCP value (decimal) DSCP value (binary) cs3 24 01 1000 cs4 32 100000 cs5 40 101000 cs6 48 1 10000 cs7 56 1 1 1000 be (default) 0 000000 ip-precedence pre-value : Set s IP precedence. The pre-value argument rang es from 0 to 7. Y ou can also enter the keyw[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-31 Key word 802.1p priority (decimal) 802.1p priority value (binary) network-management 7 111  Note: If you have redirected the packets to CPU, it is not recommended to set the 802.1p priority to 7, and vice versa. local-precedence pre-value : Sets local precedence.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-32 undo traffic-red outboun d acl-rule View QoS view Parameter outbound : Performs RED operation o n the sent packet s. acl-rule : Applied ACL rules which can be the combinati on of various ACL rules. F or the ways of combining ACLs and the description on relat ed para[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-33 Related command: display qos-interface traffic-red .  Note: z Only type-A LPUs support this command. z Only the permit rule can be referenced in this co mmand and applied to hard ware. Example # Perform the RED operation on the packet s matching the permit rule i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-34 only available when the ACL rule number is spe cified in the command. Af ter the specified ACL takes ef fect, there are three scenarios when you input the index value: z If you do not input an index value or the index value you input is 0, the system will automatica[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-35 1.1.26 traffic-remark-vlanid Syn tax traffic-remark-v lanid inbound acl-rule [ system-index ] remark-vlan vlan-id undo traffic-remark-v lanid inbound acl-rule  Note: LPUs support applying the combinatio n of IP ACL rules and link ACL rules. However, the field def[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-36 Table 1-12 Description on the parameters in the ACL combinatio n Parameter Description ip-group { acl-number | acl-name } Basic and advance d ACL acl-number : ACL number in the range of 2,000 to 3,999. acl-name : ACL name which cont ains up to 32 characters. It mus [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-37 Caution: z Execute the vlan-vpn enable command in the corresponding port view befo re executing the traffic-rema rk-vlanid command. z The QinQ feature cannot be enabled on a port if any of the following feature s is enabled on this port: GVRP, NTDP, STP, 802.1x and [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-38  Note: LPUs support applying the combinatio n of IP ACL rules and link ACL rules. However, the field defined by the IP ACL rules and lin k ACL rules cannot be of more t han 32 characters. Otherwise, the combination can not be ap plied successfully. View QoS view [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – QoS Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1-39  Note: Only the permit rule can be referenced in this co mmand and applied to hard ware. Example # Perform traffic st atistics on the packets matching the permit rule in ACL 2000. <3Com> system-view [3Com] interface Ethernet1/0/1 [3Com-Ethernet1/0/1] qos [3[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Mirror ing Commands ................................................................................................... ... 1-1 1.1 Mirrorin g Commands .......................................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1.1 Mirroring Commands 1.1.1 displa y mirroring-group Syn tax display mirroring-group { group -id | all | local | remote-des tination | remote-sour ce } View Any view Parameter group-id : Group num ber of a mirroring group, i[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-2 Information displayed on the sour ce mirrorin g group for remote mirroring includ e s: z Group number z Group type: remote-sourc e z Group status z Information of the source port z Information of the reflector port z Remote-probe VLAN information Example[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-3 Example # Display the parameter se ttings of traf fic mirroring on GigabitEthernet1/0/1. <3Com> display qos-interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 mirrored-to GigabitEthernet1/0/1: mirrored-to Inbound: Matches: Acl 2000 rule 0 running Mirrored to: mirrori[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-4 Table 1-2 Combined application of ACL s on servi c e boa rd other than A type. Combination mode Form of acl-rule Apply all rules in an IP type ACL separately ip-group { acl-number | acl-nam e } Apply one rule in an IP type ACL separately ip-group { acl-n[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-5 Parameter Description user-group { acl-number | acl-nam e } User-defined ACL acl-number : ACL number of the user-defined ACL, ranging from 5,000 to 5,999. acl-name : ACL name, up to 32 characters long, beginn ing with an English letter (a to z or A to Z)[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-6 Related command: display qos-interface mirrored-to, monitor-port Example # Mirror packet s that match ACL 200 0 on port GigabitEthernet1/0/1 to GigabitEthernet1/0/4 through traf fic mirroring. <3Com> system-view [3Com] mirroring-group 3 local [3Com[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-7 1.1.5 mirroring-group (only for recovery ) Syn tax mirroring-group group-id { inbound | outbound } mirroring-port-li st mirrored-to monitor-p ort undo mirroring-group group-id View System view Parameter group-id : Group ID of the mirroring gro up, in the[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-8 1.1.6 mirroring-gr oup mirroring-port Syn tax mirroring-group group-id mirroring-port mirrorin g-port-list { both | inbound | outbound } undo mirroring-group group-id mirroring-port m irroring-port-list View System view/Ethernet port view Parameter group[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-9 1.1.7 mirroring-gr oup mirroring-slot Syn tax mirroring-group group-id mirroring-slot slot-numb er { inbound | outbound | both } undo mirroring-group group-id mirroring-slot slot-number { inbound | outbound | both } View System view Parameter group-id : [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-10 Description Use the mirroring-group monitor-port command to config ure the destin ation port. Use the undo mirroring-group monitor-port to remove the configuration of the destination port. Note the following when you configure the destin ation port: z L[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-11 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com]mirroring-group 1 monitor-slot 4 1.1.10 mirroring-gr oup reflector-port Syn tax mirroring-group group-id reflector-port reflector-port undo mirroring-group group-id reflecto r-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-12 1.1.11 mirroring-group remote-probe vlan Syn tax mirroring-group group-id remote-probe vl an remote - probe - vlan-id undo mirroring-group group-id remote -prob e vlan remote - probe - vlan-id View System view Parameter group-id : Group num ber of a mir[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Mirrorin g Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1-13 current VLAN is a dynamic VLAN or not. If it is a dyna mic VLAN , the comman d fails to be executed, and the system prompt s t hat “Can not set dynamic VLAN as remote-probe VLAN!”. Use the undo remote-probe vlan enable comma nd to configure the remo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Co mmands .................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 PoE Configur ation Commands .......................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands 1.1 PoE Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display poe interface Syn tax display poe interface { interface-type in terface-n umber | all } View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-nu mber : Port on the sw itch. Re[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-2 Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display poe interface command Field Description Port power status PoE status of the port: Disabled: Power is disable d on the port. PD searching: The port is searching PD. delivering: The port is delivering po[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-3 Interface Ethernet3/0/12 power status: PD searching Interface Ethernet3/0/13 power status: PD searching Interface Ethernet3/0/14 power status: PD searching Interface Ethernet3/0/15 power status: PD searching Interface Ethernet3/0/16 power status: PD se[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-4 View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-n umber : Port on the switch. Refer to Command Manual – Port for details. all : Displays the power of all PoE port s on the switch. Description Use the display poe interface po w er command to view the[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-5 Interface Ethernet3/0/23 current power : 0 mw Interface Ethernet3/0/24 current power : 0 mw Interface Ethernet3/0/25 current power : 0 mw Interface Ethernet3/0/26 current power : 0 mw Interface Ethernet3/0/27 current power : 0 mw Interface Ethernet3/0/[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-6 Example # Display the parameters o f external PoE PSUs. <3Com> display poe powersupply Power Model :Spring Pms Power Manufacturer :Tyco Electronics Com Power Nominal Value :2400 W Power Peak Value :0 W Power Average Value :0 W Power Current Curre[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-7 Description Use the display poe p se command to display the parameters of all boards th at serve as power sourcing equipment (PSE). Example # Display the parameters of all boards that serve as PSE on the switch. <3Com> display poe pse PSE Informa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-8 Description Use the poe enable command to enable the PoE feature on a port. Use the undo poe enable command to disable the P oE feature on a port. By default, the PoE feature on a port is en abled if the PoE featu re is enabled on a board. Example # En[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-9 Example # Enable the PoE feature on the PoE board in slot 3. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] poe enable slot 3 1.1.7 poe legacy enable slot Syn tax poe legacy enable slot slot-numbe r undo poe legacy enable[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-10 [3Com] poe enable slot 2 [3Com] poe legacy enable slot 2 1.1.8 poe max-power Syn tax poe max - power max-power undo poe max - power View Ethernet port view Parameter max- power : Maximum power distributed to the port, rangin g from 1,000 to 15,400 in [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-11 slot-num : Number of the slot where the boa rd resides. Description Use the poe max-power command to set the maximum power of a boa rd. Use the undo poe max-po wer command to restore the default maximum power of a board. By default, the maximum power [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-12 1.1.11 poe power max-value Syn tax poe power max-value max-value View System view Parameter max-va lue : Maximum PoE power output on the switch, ranging from 37 to 2,400 in W . Description Use the poe power max-value command to set the maximum power o[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-13 By default, the PoE management mode of the switch is auto . This command and the Po E priority settings of PoE port s will work together to control the power feeding of the switch when the sw itch is re aching its full power load in powe r supply . z [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-14 By default, the PoE priority of a port is low . Note: This command is used together with the poe po wer-management command, and takes ef fect when the PoE power output of the switch reaches nearly to it s maximum value. Example # Set the PoE priority [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – PoE Chapter 1 PoE Config uration Commands 1-15  Note: z The full mode is used only when you ca nnot use the refr esh mode. z When the PSE processin g software is damaged (that is, all the PoE commands cannot be successfully executed), you can u se the full mode to update and restore the softwar[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – PoE Chapter 2 PoE PSU Supervision Configurati on Commands 2-1 Chapter 2 PoE PSU Supervision Configuration Commands 2.1 PoE PSU Supervision Display Commands 2.1.1 display poe- power ac-input state Syn tax display poe-power ac-input st ate View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display po[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – PoE Chapter 2 PoE PSU Supervision Configurati on Commands 2-2 Table 2-1 Description on the fields of the display poe-po w er ac-input state command Field Description Normal: The AC input is normal. Lack Phrase: The PSU is idle. Under Limit: The AC input voltage is lower than the lower threshold. [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – PoE Chapter 2 PoE PSU Supervision Configurati on Commands 2-3 Table 2-2 Description on the fields of the display poe-p ower alarm command Field Description PSU is in normal state: The PSU operates no rmally. NOTLINK: The PSU is not linked (the controller fails to communicate with this PSU or the [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – PoE Chapter 2 PoE PSU Supervision Configurati on Commands 2-4 Table 2-3 Description on the fields of the display poe-po w er dc-output state command Field Description Normal: The DC output is norm al. Under Limit: The DC output voltage is l ower than the lower threshol d. Upper Limit: The DC outp[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – PoE Chapter 2 PoE PSU Supervision Configurati on Commands 2-5 2.1.5 display poe- power sw itch state Syn tax display poe-power switch st ate View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display poe-po wer s witch st at e command to display the number and current state of the AC power distri b[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – PoE Chapter 2 PoE PSU Supervision Configurati on Commands 2-6 Description Use the display supervision-module information command to display the basic information about the external PoE PS Us, includi ng the name, the model, the specifications and output power . Example # Display the information a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – PoE Chapter 2 PoE PSU Supervision Configurati on Commands 2-7 2.2 PoE PSU Supervisi on Configuration Commands 2.2.1 poe-power input-thresh lower Syn tax poe-power input-thresh l ower string View System view Parameter string : Undervolt age alarm threshold (in V) in the format of X.X. z For 220 VA[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – PoE Chapter 2 PoE PSU Supervision Configurati on Commands 2-8 Description Use the poe-power input-thresh upper com mand to set the overvolt age alarm threshold of AC input for the external PoE PSUs. For 220 V AC input, the recommended value is 264.0 V ; For 1 10V AC input, the recommende d value [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – PoE Chapter 2 PoE PSU Supervision Configurati on Commands 2-9 2.2.4 poe-power output-thresh upper Syn tax poe-power output-thresh upper string View System view Parameter string : Overvolt age alarm threshold (in volts V) in the format of X.X, in the range of 55.0 to 57.0. Description Use the poe-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – UDP Hel per Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 UDP-Helper C onfiguration Commands ..................................................................... 1-1 1.1 UDP-Helper Configuration Co mmands ............................................................................. 1-1 1.1.1 de[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – UDP Helper Chapter 1 UDP-Helper Configurati on Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 UDP-Helper Configuration Commands 1.1 UDP-Helper Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging udp-helper Syn tax debugging ud p-helper { event | p acket [ receive | sen d ] } undo debugging ud p-helper { event | p acket [ receive | se[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – UDP Helper Chapter 1 UDP-Helper Configurati on Commands 1-2 Description Use the display ud p-helper server command to display the inf ormation about the configured destination server s connected to a specified VLAN interface and the number of the packet s forwarded to each desti nation server . If[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – UDP Helper Chapter 1 UDP-Helper Configurati on Commands 1-3 View System view Parameter None Description Use the ud p-helper enable command to enable the UDP -Helper function. Use the undo ud p-helper enable command to disable the UDP-Helper function. By default, UDP-Helper is disabled. Example # E[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – UDP Helper Chapter 1 UDP-Helper Configurati on Commands 1-4 Description Use the ud p-helper port command to specify a UDP-Helper destination port. Use the undo ud p-helper port command to disable a port from being a UDP -Helper destination port. With UDP-Helper enabled, UDP broadcast pa ckets with[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – UDP Helper Chapter 1 UDP-Helper Configurati on Commands 1-5 Related command: display udp - helper server . Example # Configure the device with it s IP address being 192.1.1.2 as a d estination server for the UDP b roa dca st packet s to be forwarded on VLAN 1 interface. <3Com> system-view Sy[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 SNMP Conf iguration Commands ............................................................................... 1-1 1.1 SNMP Configur ation Commands....................................................................................... 1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands 1.1 SNMP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display snmp-agent Synt ax display snmp-agent { local-engineid | remote-engineid } View Any view Parameter local-engineid : Displays a local engine ID. remote-engi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-2 Parameter read : Displays read-only community information. wri te : Displays read-write community information. Description Use the display snmp-agent community command to view the information about the currently configured community name s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-3 Description Use the display snmp-agent group command to view gro up name, security model, state of various views an d storage mo dels. Example # Display SNMP grou p na me and security model. <3Com> display snmp-agent group Group name[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-4 Vie w n am e : Displays the SNMP MIB according to th e view name. view-name : SNMP MIB view to be displayed. It is a character strin g, ranging from 1 to 32 characters. Description Use the display snmp-agent mib-v iew command to view the M[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-5 Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display snmp-a gent mib-vie w command Field Description View name View name MIB Subtree MIB subtree Subtree mask Subtree mask Storage-type Storage type View Type Includes or excludes a cce ss to a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-6 0 Messages which represented an illegal operation for the community supplied 0 ASN.1 or BER errors in the process of decoding 9266 Messages passed from the SNMP entity 0 SNMP PDUs which had badValue error-status 0 SNMP PDUs which had genEr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-7 # Display the system location string. <3Com> display snmp-agent sys-info location The physical location of this node: Beijing China The above information indi cates that the device lo cation is Beijing China. # Display the current SN[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-8 T able 1-4 describes the output fields. Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display snmp-a gent usm-user command Field Description User name SNMP user name Group name The group na m e whi ch the SNMP user name belong s to Engine ID [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-9 [3Com] snmp-agent trap enable [3Com] snmp-agent target-host trap address udp-domain 10.1.1.1 params securityname public [3Com] interface ethernet6/0/1 [3Com-Ethernet6/0/1] enable snmp trap updown 1.1.9 snmp-agent Synt ax snmp-agent undo sn[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-10 Parameter read : Indicates that MIB object can only be read. Only the read-only community can query device information. wri te : Indicates that MIB o bject can be read a nd written. The read-write commu nity can configure the device. comm[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-11 View System view Parameter v1 : S pecifies SNMPv1. v2c : S pecifies SNMPv2c. v3 : S pecifies SNMPv3. groupname : Group name, ran ging from 1 to 32 bytes. authentication : Configures to authenticate the packet without encryption. privacy :[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-12 undo snmp-agent local-engineid View System view Parameter engineid : S pecifies the engine ID with a ch aracter string, only composed of 10 to 64 hexadecimal numbers. T wo hexadecimal characters form an o ctet. Description Use the snmp-ag[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-13 1.4.5.3.1), or a variable name (such as system). The characte r string can include wildcards (such as 1.4.5.*.*.1). Description Use snmp-agent mib-view command to create or update the view information, limiting the MIB objects to be acces[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-14 <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] snmp-agent packet max-size 1042 1.1.15 snmp-agent sys-info Synt ax snmp-agent sys-info { cont act sys -contact | location sys-location | version { { v1 | v2c | v[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-15 Example # Set contact information for system m aint enance as Dial System Operator # 1 234. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] snmp-agent sys-info contact Dial System Operator # 1234 1.1.16 snmp-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-16 Use undo snmp-agent t arget-host command to cancel the curre nt setting. The snmp-agent t arget-host command and the snmp-agent trap enable or enable snmp trap up dow n command must be used at the same time on the devi ce to send Tr a p p[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-17 st andard [ authentication ] [ coldst art ] [ linkdown ] [ linkup ] [ w armst art ]: Configures to send SNMP standard notification or trap s. authentication : Configures to send the authenticati on trap information of the SNMP protocol wh[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-18 View System view Parameter seconds : Aging time, in secon ds, ranging from 1 to 2,592,000. Description Use the snmp-agent tr ap life command to set aging time for T rap packet s. The Trap packet s exceeding the aging time are discarded. U[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-19 By default, the length is 100. Example # Configure the queue length to 200. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] snmp-agent trap queue-size 200 1.1.20 snmp-agent trap source Synt ax snmp-agent trap [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-20 Example # Configure the IP address of the VLAN interface 1 as the source address for transmitting the T rap packet s. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] snmp-agent trap source Vlan-interface 1 1.1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapter 1 SNMP Config uration Commands 1-21 acl-number : The basic ACL numb er , ranging from 2,000 to 2,999. local : Represents a local e ntity user . engineid - strin g : Engine ID related to the user , ranging from 10 to 64 hexadecimal numerals. Description Use the snmp-agent us[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-1 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2.1 RMON Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display rmon alarm Synt ax display rmon alarm [ entry - number ] View Any view Parameter entry - number : Alarm entry index, in the range of 1 to 65535. If you do [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-2 Field Description Samples type Sample type: change value or ab solute value Variable formula Variabl e formula of the sampled node Sampling interval Sampling interval Rising threshold is 100 Rising threshold is 100 Falling threshold is 10 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-3 Event table 1 owned by abc is VALID. Description: null. Will cause log-trap when triggered, last triggered at 0days 00h:02m:27s. Table 2-2 Description on the fields of the display rmon ev ent command Field Description Event table Event ent[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-4 Generates eventLog 1.2 at 0days 00h:02m:27s. Description: The alarm formula defined in private alarm table 1, less than(or =) 100 with alarm value 0. Alarm sample type is absolute. Table 2-3 Description on the fields of the display rmon ev[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-5 Dropevents :0 , octets : 0 packets :0 , broadcast packets : 0 multicast packets :0 , CRC alignment errors : 0 undersize packets :0 , oversize packets : 0 fragments :0 , jabbers : 0 collisions :0 , utilization : 0 Table 2-4 Description on t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-6 View Any view Parameter prialarm - ent ry-number : Extended alarm entry Index, in t he range o f 1 to 65535. If you do not specify this argument, the confi gurat ion of all the extended alarm entries is displayed. Description Use the displ[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-7 Field Description Falling threshold Falling threshold. An alarm is triggered when the falling threshold is reached linked with event Event index corresponding to an alarm When startup enables Alarm startup type: risingOrFallin gAlarm (an a[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-8 etherStatsOctets : 3776 , etherStatsPkts : 30 etherStatsBroadcastPkts : 0 , etherStatsMulticastPkts : 30 etherStatsUndersizePkts : 0 , etherStatsOversizePkts : 0 etherStatsFragments : 0 , etherStatsJabbers : 0 etherStatsCRCAlignErrors : 0 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-9 2.1.7 rmon alarm Synt ax rmon alarm entry - number alarm - variable sampling - time { delt a | absolute } rising threshold threshold - value1 event - entry1 falling threshold threshold - value2 event - entry2 [ ow ne r text ] undo rmon ala[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-10 With an alarm entry defined in an alarm grou p, a netwo rk device performs the follo wing operations acco rdingly: z Sample the defined alarm variables (alarm-variable) o nce in each specified pe riod, which is specified by the sampling -[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-11 2.1.8 rmon event Synt ax rmon event event-entry [ description string ] { log | trap trap - co mmunity | log - trap log - trapcommunity | none } [ ow ner text ] undo rmon event event - entry View System view Parameter event - entry : Event[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-12 2.1.9 rmon history Synt ax rmon history entry - numbe r bucket s number interval sampling - interval [ ow n er text ] undo rmon history entry - n umber View Ethernet port view Parameter entry - number : History entry index, in the range o[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-13 2.1.10 rmon prialarm Synt ax rmon prialarm entry-number prialarm -formula prialarm -des sampling-timer { delta | absolute | changeratio } rising_threshold threshold-value1 event-entry1 falling_threshold threshold-val ue2 event-entry2 ent [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-14 Use the undo rmon prialarm command to remove a specified extended alarm entry . The maximum number of dist a nces in the t able d epends on the hardware re sources.  Note: z Before adding an extended alarm entry, you need to use the rm[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-15 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com]interface Ethernet 1/0/1 [3Com-Ethernet1/0/1] rmon statistics 1 [3Com-Ethernet1/0/1] quit [3Com] rmon prialarm 2 ((.1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.4.1)*100) test 10 change[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SNMP & RMON Chapt er 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2-16 Example # Add the statistics entry nu mbered 20 to take st atistics of Ethernet1/0/1 port. <3Com>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com]interface Ethernet 2/0/1 [3Com-Ethernet2/0/1] rmon statistics 20[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guid e – NT P Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 NTP Config uration Commands .................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 NTP Configur ation Commands .......................................................................................... 1-1 1.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-1 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands 1.1 NTP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display ntp-service sessions Syntax display ntp-service sessions [ v erbose ] View Any view Parameter verbose : Displays the det ailed information about all the sessions maint [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-2 1.1.2 display nt p-service st atus Syntax display ntp-service st atus View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ntp-service st atus command to display the NTP service st atus. Example <3Com> display ntp-service status Service sta[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-3 Field Meaning Nominal frequency Nominal frequency of the local system h ardware clock Actual frequency Actual frequency of the local system hardware cl ock Clock precision Precision of the local clock Clock offset Time difference between Offset of th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-4 undo ntp-service access { query | synchronization | server | peer } View System view Parameter query : Allows to query the local NTP service only . synchronization : Only allows the peer device to sy nchronize its clock to the local device.. server :[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-5 1.1.5 ntp-service au thentication enable Syntax ntp-service authentic ation enable undo ntp-service authen tication enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the ntp-service authentica tion enable command to enable the NTP-service authen[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-6 Use the undo ntp-service au thentication-keyid comman d to cancel the NTP authentication key . By default, no authentication key is configured. Currently the system support s MD5 authentication only . Example # Set MD5 authentication key 10 as hello.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-7 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface vlan-interface1 [3Com-Vlan-Interface1] ntp-service broadcast-client 1.1.8 ntp-service broadcast-server Syntax ntp-service broadcast-s erver [ authentica tion-k eyid keyid ver si on number[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-8 1.1.9 ntp-service disable Syntax ntp-service disable undo ntp-service disable View System view Parameter None Description Use the ntp-service disable comm and to disable the NTP service function. Use undo ntp-serv ice disable command to enable this f[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-9 By default, an interface is enabled to receive NTP messages. Example # Disable Vlan-interface 1 from receiving NTP message. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] interface vlan-interface1 [3Com-Vlan-Interface1][...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-10 1.1.12 ntp-service multicast-client Syntax ntp-service multicast-client [ ip-address ] undo ntp-service multicast-client [ ip-address ] View VLAN interface view Parameter ip-address : S pecifies a multicast IP address of Cla ss D. Description Use th[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-11 View VLAN interface view Parameter ip-address : S pecifies a multicast IP address of Class D and default to 224.0.1.1. authentication-k eyid : S pecifies an authentication key . keyid : Key ID used in multicast, ranging from 0 to 4,294,967,295. ttl [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-12 View System view Parameter ip-address : S pecifies the reference clock IP address as 127.127.1.u. Here, u ranges from 0 to 3. stratum : S pecifies which stratum the local clock is loca ted at. The value ranges from 1 to 15. Description Use the ntp-s[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-13 Parameter number : S pecifies the key number , ranging from 1 to 4,294,96 7,29 5. Description Use the ntp-service reliable authentication -keyid command to configure the key a s a reliable key . Use the undo ntp-service reliable authen tication-keyi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-14 Use the undo ntp-service source-interface comm and to cancel the current setting. By default, the source address depends on the output interface. Y ou can use this command to designat e an interface of which the IP address will be the source IP addr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-15 Description Use the ntp-servi ce unicast-peer command to configure NTP peer mode. Use the undo ntp-service unicast-p eer command to cancel NT P peer mode. By default, no NTP pe er mode is configured. Whe n you do not specify a version number , the d[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Ref erence Guide – NT P Chapter 1 NTP Configuration C ommands 1-16 keyid : Key ID used for transmitting messages to a remote server , ranging from 1 to 4,294,967,295. source-interface : S pecifies an interface name. interface-type : S pecifies an interface type and det ermines an interface togeth er with the interf[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Table of Conte nts i Table of Contents Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configurat ion Commands .................................................... 1-1 1.1 SSH Server Conf iguration Commands .............................................................................. 1-1 1.1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Table of Conte nts ii 1.4.6 exit ..................................................................................................................... .... 1-29 1.4.7 get .........................................................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1.1 SSH Server Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display rsa local-key-p air public Syn tax display rsa local-key-p air public View Any view Parameter None Description U[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-2 010001 Host public key for PEM format code: ---- BEGIN SSH2 PUBLIC KEY ---- AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAAAQQDktggASMGZdT2RL84LvqcRPkuU0OjmoID0 1dLaS8uvB7n5EZj+mTfG7gx67huMBvCL8B82Bc8m2/eJotgjGC7L ---- END SSH2 PUBLIC KEY[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-3 Description Use the display rsa peer-public-key comman d to display the client public key of the specified RSA key pair . If no key name is sp ecified, the comma nd displays the bit s number and names of all public key[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-4 Description Use the display ssh server command to display the st atus or session information about the SSH server . Related command: ssh server authentication-retri es , ssh server timeout . Example # Display the statu[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-5 Field Description Retry Number of retries SerT ype T ype of service Username User name 1.1.4 display ss h user-information Syn tax display ssh user-information [ username ] View Any view Parameter userna me : SSH user [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-6 Description Use the peer-public-key end command to return to system vie w from public key view . Related command: rsa pe er-public-key , public-key-code begin . Example # Exit from public key view . <3Com> system[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-7 Caution: z When SSH protocol is specified, to ensur e a succes sful login, you must configure the AAA authentication using the authentication-mode schem e command. z The protocol inbound ssh configuration fails if you [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-8 Example # Enter public key edit view and input client public key s. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] rsa peer-public-key 3Com003 [3Com-rsa-public-key] public-key-code begin [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-9 [3Com-rsa-public-key]public-key-code begin [3Com-rsa-key-code] public-key-code end [3Com-rsa-public-key] 1.1.9 rsa local-key-p air create Syn tax rsa local-key-p air create View System view Parameter None Description U[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-10 For a successful SSH login, you must genera te the local RSA key pairs first. Y ou just need to execute the command once, with no furth er action required even af ter the system is rebooted. Related command: rsa local[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-11 Example # Destroy all existing RSA key p airs at the server end. <3Com> system-view System View : return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] rsa local-key-pair destroy % The name for the keys which will be destroye[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-12 % Do you really want to remove the public key named 192.168.0.39 ? [Y/N]:y [3Com] 1.1.12 ssh authentication-type default Syn tax ssh authentication-ty pe default { pa s sw o r d | rsa | p assword-publickey | all } und[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-13 1.1.13 ssh server authentication-retries Syn tax ssh server authenticatio n-retries times undo ssh server authenti cation-retries View System view Parameter times : Authentication retry times. It is in the range of 1 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-14 View System view Parameter None Description Use the ssh server comp atible-ssh1x enable command to make the server compatible wi th the SSHv1.x version-supporting client. Use the undo ssh server comp atible-ssh1x ena [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-15 Caution: This command is only effective on user s whose client version is SSHv1.x. Example # Set the update interval of the server key to 3 hours. <3Com> system-view System View : return to User View with Ctrl+Z[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-16 1.1.17 ssh user assign rsa-key Syn tax ssh user username assign rsa-key keyname undo ssh user username assign rsa-k ey View System view Parameter userna me : SSH user name, a string of 1 to 80 characters. keyname : Cl[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-17 rsa : S pecifies the authentication type as RSA public key . p assword-publickey : S pecifies the authentication ty pe as both p assword and RSA public key . That is, the user can pass th e authentication only if both[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-18 1.2 SSH Client Configuration Commands 1.2.1 display ssh server-info Syn tax display ssh server-info View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ssh server-info command to display the association between t[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-19 the public key , which are generated randomly afte r you use the rsa local-key-p air create command on the server , should be composed of hexadecimal characters. Related command: rsa pe er-public-key , public-key-code[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-20 Example # Exit from public key edit view and save the publi c keys. <3Com> system-view System View : return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] rsa peer-public-key 3Com003 [3Com-rsa-public-key] public-key-code begi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-21 Use the undo rsa peer-public-key key-name command to delete the configured server public key . Y ou can use the rsa peer-public-key command along with the public-key-code begin command to configure o n the client the [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-22 [3Com] ssh client 192.168.0.1 assign rsa-key abc 1.2.7 ssh client first-time enable Syn tax ssh client first-time enable undo ssh client first-time View System view Parameter None Description Use the ssh client first-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-23 1.2.8 ssh2 Syn tax ssh2 { host-ip | host-name } [ port-num ] [ prefer_kex { dh_group1 | dh_exchange_grou p } ] [ prefer_ctos_cipher { des | aes128 } ] [ prefer_stoc_cipher { des | aes128 } ] [ prefer_ctos_h mac { sha1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-24  Note: z DES (Data Encryption Standard) is the standard algorithm for data encryption. z AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) is the advanced encryption standard algorithm. Description Use the ssh2 command to enable [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-25 undo sf tp server View System view Parameter None Description Use the sf tp server enable command to enabl e the secure FTP (SFTP) server . Use the undo sf tp server enable command to disable the SFTP server . By defa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-26 Related command: display ssh user-information . Example # S pecify SFTP service for SSH user kk. <3Com> system-view System View : return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] ssh user kk service-type sftp 1.4 SFTP Cl[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-27 Description Use the cd command to change the current p ath on the remote SFTP server . If you did not specify the remote-path arg ument, the current path is displaye d.  Note: You can use the cd.. command to return[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-28 1.4.4 delete Syn tax delete remote-file View SFTP Client view Parameter remote-file : Name of a file on the server . Description Use the delete command to delete the specified file from the remote SFTP server . This c[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-29 Example # Display the files in directory flash:/. sftp-client> dir flash:/ -rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 1759 Aug 23 06 : 52 vrpcfg.cfg -rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 225 Aug 24 08 : 01 pubkey2 -rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-30 Parameter remote-file : Name of the source file on the remote SFTP server . local-file : Name assigned to the file to be saved at the local end. Description Use the get command to download and save a file fro m a remo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-31 1.4.9 ls Syn tax ls [ remote-path ] View SFTP Client view Parameter remote-path : Name of the intende d directory . Description Use the ls command to display the files in the specified directory on the remote SFTP ser[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-32 Description Use the mkdir command to create a directory on the remote SFTP server . Example # Create directory hj test on the remote SFTP server . sftp-client>mkdir hj New directory created 1.4.11 put Syn tax put l[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-33 Description Use the pw d command to displ ay the cu rrent directory on the SFTP server . Example # Display the current directory on the SF TP serve r . sftp-client> pwd flash:/ 1.4.13 quit Syn tax quit View SFTP Cl[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-34 Description Use the remove command to delete the specified file from the remote SFTP server . This command has the sa me function as the delete command. Example # Delete file temp.c from the server . sftp-client> r[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-35 Parameter remote-path : Name of a directo ry on the remote SFTP serve r . Description Use the rmdir command to delete the specified directory from the remote SFTP server . Example # Delete directory hello from the rem[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – SSH T erminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1-36 des : DES_cbc encryption algorithm. aes128 : AES_128 encryption algorithm. prefer_ctos_hmac : HMAC algorithm preferen ce from the client to server . It default s to SHA1_96. prefer_stoc_hmac : HMAC algo rithm preferen[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 File System Management Commands ....................................................................... 1-1 1.1 File System M anagement Commands .............................................................................. 1-[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 File System Management Commands  Note: You can provide the directory argument in the following two ways in this chapter. z In the form of [drive] [path]. In this ca se , the argument can be a string containing 1 to [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-2 Example # Change the current directory to the one named te st in the flash. <3Com> pwd flash: <3Com> cd test <3Com> pwd flash:/test # Enter the root directory of the CF card. <3Com> cd cf: <3Com> pw[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-3 4 -rw- 11779 Apr 05 2006 10:19:48 test.txt 31877 KB total (15973 KB free) # Copy the file named test.txt, with t he destination file name being test2.bak. <3Com> copy test.txt test2.bak Copy flash:/test.txt to flash:/test2[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-4 T o delete the files in t he recycle bin, use the reset recycle-bin command. Caution: z The dir command does not display the informatio n a bout the files in the recycle bin. z To display the information about the files in the r[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-5 <3Com> dir test2.bak Directory of flash:/ 0 -rw- 11779 Apr 05 2006 10:23:03 test2.bak 31877 KB total (15961 KB free) # Display the information about all the files (i ncluding the files in the recycle bin) in directory flas[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-6 z A syntax error in a batch file results in e r ror messages. z This command can not be e xecuted recursively. Example # Execute the batch file named te st.bat under the directory flash:/. <3Com> system-view System View: r[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-7 View User view Parameter device : Device name. Description Use the fixdisk command to resto re sp ace on a storage device. For unavailable memory sp aces, you can use this command to restore them. Example # Restore the memory sp[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-8 1.1.9 mkdir Synt ax mkdir directory View User view Parameter directory : Name of the directory to be created. Description Use the mkdir command to create a directory in the curre nt directory . Note that the names of all the dir[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-9 1.1.11 move Synt ax move fileurl - source fileurl - dest View User view Parameter fileurl - source : Path and file name of the source file. fileurl - dest : Path and file name of the t arget file. Description Use the move comman[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-10 <3Com>move flash:/hello/tt.txt flash:/tt.txt Move flash:/hello/tt.txt to flash:/tt.txt?[Y/N]:y ... %Moved file flash:/hello/tt.txt to flash:/tt.txt. # Display the information about the files in flash:/ and flash:/hello a [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-11 <3Com> pwd flash: 1.1.13 rename Synt ax rename fileurl - source fileurl - dest View User view Parameter fileurl - source : File name of the file to be renam ed. fileurl - dest : T arget file name. Description Use the rena[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-12 # Display the information about the f iles in the curre nt dire ctory again. <3Com>dir Directory of flash:/ 0 -rw- 4 Mar 09 2006 13:59:19 snmpboots 1 -rw- 16215134 Apr 04 2006 16:36:20 S6500-VRP310-E3128.app 2 -rw- 553 Ja[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-13 ... %Cleared file flash:/test.txt. 1.1.15 rmdir Synt ax rmdir directory View User view Parameter directory : Name of a directory . Description Use the rmdir command to delete a directo ry . As only empty directories can be dele[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-14 Description Use the umount cf: command to disable the CF card. Af ter you execute this command, you need to re-install the CF card to use it again.  Note : This command can be executed successfully only when the CF card is c[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – F ile System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1-15 Example # Restore the deleted file with its path and file name being flash:/hello/tt2.txt. <3Com> undelete flash:/hello/tt2.txt Undelete flash:/hello/tt2.txt?[Y/N]:y ... %Undeleted file flash:/hello/tt2.txt.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FT P and TFTP Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Co nfiguration Commands ................................................................. 1-1 1.1 FTP Server Conf iguration Commands............................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 d[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuration Commands 1.1 FTP Server Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display f tp-server Syn tax display f tp-server View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display f tp-server command to display the FTP [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-2 1.1.2 display f tp-user Syn tax display f tp - user View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display f tp - user command to display the settings of the current FTP user , including the user name, host IP address, port number ,[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-3 Description Use the f tp server enable command to enable the F TP server for users to log in. Use the undo f tp server command to disable the FTP server . By default, the FTP server is disable d to avoid potential secu rity risks. Exa[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-4 1.2 FTP Client Configuration Commands 1.2.1 ascii Syn tax ascii View FTP client vie w Parameter None Description Use the ascii command to specify that files be transferred in the ASCII mode. By default, files are transferred in the AS[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-5 Parameter None Description Use the binary command to specify that files be transferred in the bina ry mode. Example # Enter FTP client view . <3Com> ftp 2.2.2.2 Trying ... Press CTRL+K to abort Connected. 220 WFTPD 2.0 service ([...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-6 Trying ... Press CTRL+K to abort Connected. 220 WFTPD 2.0 service (by Texas Imperial Software) ready for new user User(none):switch 331 Give me your password, please Password: 230 Logged in successfully [ftp] # T erminate the connecti[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-7 # Change the work dire ctory to flash:/temp. [ftp] cd flash:/temp 250 CWD command successful. # Display the current work dire ctory . [ftp] pwd 257 "flash:/temp" is current directory. 1.2.5 cdup Syn tax cdup View FTP client [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-8 257 "flash:" is current directory. 1.2.6 close Syn tax close View FTP client vie w Parameter None Description Use the close command to terminate an FTP connection without quitting FTP client view . This command has the sa me[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-9 View FTP client vie w Parameter None Description Use the debugging command to enable system de bugging. Use the undo debugging command to disa ble sy stem debugging. Example # Enter FTP client view . <3Com> ftp 2.2.2.2 Trying ..[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-10 Example # Enter FTP client view . <3Com> ftp 2.2.2.2 Trying ... Press CTRL+K to abort Connected. 220 WFTPD 2.0 service (by Texas Imperial Software) ready for new user User(none):switch 331 Give me your password, please Password[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-11 Connected. 220 WFTPD 2.0 service (by Texas Imperial Software) ready for new user User(none):switch 331 Give me your password, please Password: 230 Logged in successfully [ftp] # Display the information about all the files in the curr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-12 Description Use the disconnect command to terminate a FT P connectio n without quitting FTP client view . This command has the sa me effect as t hat of the close command. Example # Enter FTP client view . <3Com> ftp 2.2.2.2 Try[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-13 Example # Connect to the FTP serv er whose IP address is 2.2.2.2. <3Com> ftp 2.2.2.2 Trying ... Press CTRL+K to abort Connected. 220 WFTPD 2.0 service (by Texas Imperial Software) ready for new user User(none):switch 331 Give m[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-14 <3Com> ftp 2.2.2.2 Trying ... Press CTRL+K to abort Connected. 220 WFTPD 2.0 service (by Texas Imperial Software) ready for new user User(none):switch 331 Give me your password, please Password: 230 Logged in successfully [ftp][...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-15 [ftp] # Display the local work directory . [ftp] lcd % Local directory now flash:/temp 1.2.14 ls Syn tax ls [ remotefile [ localfile ] ] View FTP client vie w Parameter remotefile : Name of the remote file to be queried. Localfile : [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-16 [ftp] # Display the names of all the files in the current directory on the remote FTP server . [ftp] ls 200 Port command okay. 150 Opening ASCII mode data connection for *. S7750.app test.cfg s7750-1.app another.bat test default.diag[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-17 [ftp] # Create the directory flash:/lanswitch on the FTP server . [ftp] mkdir flash:/lanswitch 257 "flash:/ lanswitch" new directory created. 1.2.16 open Syn tax open { ip-address | server -name } [ port ] View FTP client v[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-18 1.2.17 p assive Syn tax p assive undo p assive View FTP client vie w Parameter None Description Use the p assive command to set the data transfer mo de to the passive mode. Use the undo p assive command to set the data transfer mode [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-19 Parameter localfile : Name of a local file to be uploaded. remotefile : File name which the local file is to be saved as. Description Use the put command to upload a local file to an FTP server . If you do not specify the remotefile [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-20 Description Use the pw d command to display the work directory on an FTP server . Example # Enter FTP client view . <3Com> ftp 2.2.2.2 Trying ... Press CTRL+K to abort Connected. 220 WFTPD 2.0 service (by Texas Imperial Softwar[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-21 User(none):switch 331 Give me your password, please Password: 230 Logged in successfully [ftp] # T erminate the FTP co nnection and quit to user view . [ftp] quit 221 Windows FTP Server (WFTPD, by Texas Imperial Software) says goodby[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-22 Press CTRL+K to abort Connected. 220 WFTPD 2.0 service (by Texas Imperial Software) ready for new user User(none):switch 331 Give me your password, please Password: 230 Logged in successfully [ftp] # Display the syntax of the user co[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-23 [ftp] rmdir flash:/temp1 200 RMD command successful. 1.2.23 user Syn tax user username [ pas swo rd ] View FTP client vie w Parameter userna me : Name of the user to switch to. pass wor d : Password corresponding to the user . Descri[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-24 View FTP client vie w Parameter None Description Use the verbose command to enable the verbose function, which displays the execution and response informati on of when a command i s executed. Use the undo verbose co mmand to disable [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-25 source-file : Name of the file to be downloaded from the TFTP server . dest-file : File name which the download ed file is to be saved as. Description Use the t f tp get command to download a file from a TFTP server to the local swit[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – FTP and TFTP Chapter 1 FTP and TFTP Configuratio n Commands 1-26 1.3.3 t ftp-server acl Syn tax t f tp -server acl acl-number undo t f tp -server acl View System view Parameter acl-number : Basic ACL nu m ber ranging from 2000 to 2999. Description Use the t ftp-server acl comman d to specify the A[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Informati on Center Commands .................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 Information C enter Commands....................................................................................[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1.1 Information Center Commands 1.1.1 display channel Syntax display channel [ channel-number | channel-nam e ] View Any view Parameter channel-number : Channel number , ranging from 0 to 9, that is, [...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-2 Parameter None Description Use the display info - center command to display the operation status of information center , the configuration of information c hannels, an d the format of time st amp. If the information records in the cu rren[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-3 Field Description Console: Information about the console port, including name and channel of its information ch ann el Monitor: Information about the monitor port, including nam e and channel of its information ch ann el SNMP Agent: Infor[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-4 Severity Va l u e Description alerts 2 Errors that need to be corrected immediately critical 3 Crit ical errors errors 4 Errors that need to be considered but are not critical warnings 5 Warnings that prompt possible errors notifications [...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-5 Table 1-3 Special characters in regular expressio n. Special characters Description Usage res trictions _ The underscore, functions similar to a wildcard, can represent the followin g characte rs: ^ –– Caret $ –– Dollar sign | –[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-6 1.1.4 display logbuffer summary Syntax display logbuffer summary [ level severity ] View Any view Parameter Level severity : S pecifies an information severity level. The severity argument ranges from 1 to 8. Description Use the display l[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-7 Example # Display the trapbuffe r st atus and the trap information in trapbuffe r . <3Com> display trapbuffer Trapping Buffer Configuration and contents:enabled allowed max buffer size : 1024 actual buffer size : 256 channel number [...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-8 By default, the name of channel 0 to channel 9 is (in turn) console , monitor , loghost , trapbuffer , logbuffer , snmp agent , channel6 , channel7 , channel8 , channel9 . Note that the channel names must not b e the same with each other [...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-9 1.1.8 info-center enable Syntax info-center enable undo info-center enable View System view Parameter none Description Use the info - center enable command t o enable the information center function. Use the info - center enable command t[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-10 Parameter channel : Configure the channel to outp ut information to buffer . channel-number : Channel number , ranging from 0 to 9, that is, system has ten channels. channel-name : Chann el name, by default, the name of channel 0 to chan[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-11 View System view Parameter host-ip-addr : IP address of info-center logho st. channel : Configures information ch ann el of the info-center loghost. channel-number : Channel number , ranging from 0 to 9, that is, system has ten channels.[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-12 1.1.11 info-center loghost source Syntax info-center loghost source interfa ce-type interface-number undo info-center loghost source View System view Parameter interface-type : Interface type. interface-number : Interface number . Descri[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-13 channel-name : Chann el name, by default, the name of channel 0 to channel 9 is (in turn) console , monitor , loghost , trapbuffer , logbuffer , snmp agent , channel6 , channel7 , channel8 , channel9 . Description Use the info - center m[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-14 By default, the system outputs informati on to SNMP Agent through channel 5. Related command: snmp-agent and display info-center . Example # Configure the system to output inform ation to the SNMP agent through channel 6. <3Com> sy[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-15 Module name Description CLNSECHO Connectionle ss n etwork protocol echo module CLST Cluster management module CMD Command line module DEV Device mana gement module DHCP Dynamic host config uration protocol module DHCPS DHCP server module[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-16 Module name Description LETH Ethernet debugging module LQOS Lanswit ch quality of service module LS Local server module MIX Dual mai n control network management module MODEM MODEM module MPM Multicast port management module MSDP Multica[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-17 Module name Description SYSM System management module SYSMIB System MIB module TAC Terminal access controlle r module TELNET Telnet module TFTPC TFTP client module TUNNEL Packets transparent transmission module UDPH UDP helper module USE[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-18 notifications : Level 6 information, showed normally and impo rt ant. informational : Level 7 information, notice to be recorded. debugging : Level 8 information, generated during the debu gging progress. The default information level of[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-19 Channel Log information sw it c h T rap information sw it c h Debug information sw it c h Channel7 Enable Enable Disable Channel8 Enable Enable Disable Channel9 Enable Enable Disable st ate : Sets the information st ate. state : Ca n be [...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-20 another . Use default configuration re cord if a module does not have any specific configuration record in the channel. Example # Enable the log information of VLAN module in SNM P chann el and allow the output of the information with a [...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-21 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] info-center timestamp debugging boot 1.1.16 info-center trapbuffer Syntax info - center trapbuffer [ channel { cha nnel - number | cha nnel - name } | size buffersize ]* undo info-cent[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-22 1.1.17 reset logbuffer Syntax reset logbuffer View User view Parameter none Description Use the reset logbuffer command to reset information in log buf fer . Example # Clear information in log buf fer . <3Com> reset logbuffer 1.1.1[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-23 View User view Parameter none Description Use the terminal debugging command to configure to display the debuggin g information on the terminal. Use the undo terminal debugging command to configu re not to display the debugging informati[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-24 % Current terminal logging is off 1.1.21 terminal monitor Syntax terminal monitor undo terminal monitor View User view Parameter none Description Use the terminal monitor command to enable the debug ging/log/trap information terminal dis[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Information Center Chapter 1 Information Center Commands 1-25 View User view Parameter None Description Use the terminal trapping command to enabl e termin al trap information display . Use the undo terminal trapping com mand to disa ble this function. By default, this function is enabled. Example [...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DNS Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 DNS Confi guration Co mmands .................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 DNS Configur ation Commands ......................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DNS Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands 1.1 DNS Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display dns domain Syn tax display dns domain View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display dns domain command to display t he information in the DNS suffix list. Relate[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DNS Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands 1-2 View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display dns dynamic-host comm and to display information about the dynamic DNS cache. The DNS Client saves successful DNS reso lution result s to the DNS cache. When receiving a name query , the DNS Client[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DNS Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands 1-3 Parameter Dy nam ic : Displays the DNS se rver information dynamically obt ained by DHCP or other protocols. Description Use the display dns server command to display the DNS server information. Related command: dns serv er . Example # Display the DNS se[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DNS Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands 1-4 Host Age Flags Address My 0 static 1.1.1.1 Aa 0 static 2.2.2.4 Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display ip host command Field Description Host Hostname Age T ime to live. It is alway s 0, meaning the static entries will never age out. A static [...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DNS Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands 1-5  Note: The DNS resolution function supported by the Switch 7750 should be used together with a DNS Server. Different DNS Servers m ay have differences in DNS implementation. For example, the Swit ch 7750 suppo rts a domain name which includes “_”,[...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DNS Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands 1-6 1.1.7 dns server Syn tax dns server ip-addres s undo dns server [ ip-address ] View System view Parameter ip-address : IP addre ss of a DNS server . Description Use the dns server command to configure a DNS server IP addre ss. Use the undo dns server to [...]

3Com Swich 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – DNS Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands 1-7 Description Use the ip host command to add a hostname-to -IP address mapping entry in the static DNS list. Use the undo ip host command to remove a mapping entry from the st atic DNS list. By default, there is no entry in the static DNS list. As one host[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging T able of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Basic System Confi guration & Deb uggi ng Commands .......................................... 1-1 1.1 Basic System C onfigurati on Commands .....................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging T able of Contents ii 3.1.13 display up link monitor ............................................................................................ 3-9 3.1.14 loadshar ing enable .....................................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1.1 Basic System Configuration Commands 1.1.1 clock datetime Syn tax clock datetime HH:MM:SS YYYY/MM/DD View User view Parameter HH:MM[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-2 clock summer-time zone-name repe ating { start-tim e start-date e nd-time end-date | start-time start-ye ar start- month start-week st art-day end-time end-year end-month end-week end-d ay } offse[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-3 Related command: clock timezone . Example # Set the summer time named z2, which start s from 06:00:00 2002/06/08, ends until 06:00:00 2002/09/01, and is one hour ahead of the st andard time. <3[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-4 1.1.4 language-mode Syn tax language-mode { chinese | english } View User view Parameter chinese : Sets the CLI languag e enviro nment to Chinese. English : Sets the CLI language enviro nment to E[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-5 Example # Return from system view to user view . <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] quit <3Com> 1.1.6 return Syn tax return View System view and hi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-6 Parameter sysname : System nam e of the Ethernet switch. It is a character string in length o f 1 to 30 characters. By default, it is 3Com. Description Use the sysname command to set the system na[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-7 1.2 System Status/Information Display Commands 1.2.1 display clock Syn tax display clock View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display clock command to display the current date and time[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-8 View Any view Parameter interface - type : Interface type, support ed by the switch, which can be Ethernet, GigabitEthernet, AUX, VLAN-interface and so o n. interface-numbe : Interface number . mo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-9 Example # Display the status and co nfiguration inf o rmation about user terminal interfaces. <3Com> display users UI Delay Type Ipaddress Username 0 AUX 0 00:00:17 8 VTY 0 01:37:55 TEL 192.[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-10 Example # Display the version of the system. <3Com> display version 3Com Corporation Switch 7750 Software Version 3.02.00s168re Copyright (c) 2004-2006 3Com Corporation and its licensors. A[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-11 1.3 System Debugging Commands 1.3.1 debugging Syn tax debugging { all [ timeout interval ] | module-name de bugging - option } undo debugging { all | module-name debug ging - option } View User v[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-12 1.3.2 display dia gnostic-information Syn tax display diagnostic-information [ module-nam e ] View Any view Parameter module-name : Module nam e. See the followin g table for det ails: Table 1-3 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 1 Basic System Configuration & Debugging Commands 1-13 z Output information to the Console. z Output information to a file. Y ou can choose one according to the prompt of the system. Example # Display operation information ab out ARP modul e, output [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 2 Network Connecti vit y Test Commands 2-1 Chapter 2 Network Connectivity Test Commands 2.1 Network Connectivity Test Commands 2.1.1 ping Syn tax ping [ -a ip-address | -c count | -d | -f | -h ttl | -i interface-type interface-nu mber | -n | - p pattern [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 2 Network Connecti vit y Test Commands 2-2 -r : S pecifies to record the routes. By defaul t, the system does not record any route. -s pac k et iz e : S pecifies the size (in bytes) of each ECHO-REQUEST packet (excluding the IP and ICMP headers). The pac[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 2 Network Connecti vit y Test Commands 2-3 Example # Check the reachability of the host with IP address 202.38.160.244. <3Com> ping 202.38.160.244 ping 202.38.160.244 : 56 data bytes Reply from 202.38.160.244 : bytes=56 sequence=1 ttl=255 time = 1m[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 2 Network Connecti vit y Test Commands 2-4 -q num-packet : Set s the number of packet s to be sent every time. The nqueries argument ranges from 0 to 65,535 and default s to 3. -w timeout : Sets the timeout time to wait for ICMP error packet s. The timeo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – System Maintenance & Debuggi ng Chapter 2 Network Connecti vit y Test Commands 2-5 tracert to allspice.lcs.mit.edu (18.26.0.115), 30 hops max, 40 bytes packet 1 helios.ee.lbl.gov (128.3.112.1) 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 2 lilac-dmc.Berkeley.EDU (128.32.216.1) 19 ms 19 ms 19 ms 3 lilac-dmc.Berkeley.EDU (12[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-1 Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3.1 Device Management Commands 3.1.1 boot boot-loader Syn tax boot boot-loader { primary | backup } file-url View User view Parameter primary : S pecifies an application as primary boo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-2 3.1.2 boot bootrom Syn tax boot bootrom file - url slot slot-list View User view Parameter file - url : Path + name of a BootROM file (that is, a .btm file) in the Flash memory . slot slot-list : S pecifies the slot numbe[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-3 Example # Use the current boot file to upgrade the B ootROM of all service ca rds that working normally . <3Com> boot bootrom default 3.1.4 bootrom-up date security-check enable Syn tax bootrom-up date security-chec[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-4 Parameter None Description Use the display boot-loader command to display the APP file that is adopted when the switch boot s t his time and next time. Example # Display the APP that will be adopted when the switch reb oo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-5 Example # Display the CPU usage of the card on slot 0 of the switch. <3Com> display cpu slot 0 Board 0 CPU busy status: 18% in last 5 seconds 19% in last 1 minute 19% in last 5 minutes Table 3-2 Description on the f[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-6 Example # Display board information of this switch. <3Com> display device S7750 Slot No. Brd Type Brd Status Subslot Num Sft Ver 0 NONE Absent Absent None 1 3C16857R Master 0 S7750R-3128 2 NONE Absent Absent None 3 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-7 3.1.9 display fan Syn tax display fan [ fan-id ] View Any view Parameter fan-id : ID number of a fan. Description Use the display fan command to view the working st ate of the built-in fans. Y ou can check whether the fan[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-8 Total Used Memory(bytes): 65234704 Used Rate: 32% Table 3-3 Description on the fields of the display memory com mand Field Description System Total Memory(bytes) Total memory size of the sy stem, in unit of bytes Total Us[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-9 Example # Display the state of the power supply . <3Com> display power Power 1 State: Absent Power 2 State: Normal Power 3 State: Absent 3.1.12 display schedule reboot Syn tax display schedule reboot View Any view P[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-10 Description Use the display uplink monitor command to view information about La yer 3 connectivity between the local device and the remote device. Related command: uplink monitor . Example # View i nformation about Layer[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-11 Example # Enable system load sha ri ng. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] loadsharing enable 3.1.15 p ause-protection Syn tax p ause-protection { enable | disable } slot slot-n[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-12 View System view Parameter enable : Enables queue traf fic monitori ng. disable : Disables queue traf fic monitoring. Description Use the qe monitor command to enable/disable que ue traffic monit o ring. Queue traf fic m[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-13 Description Use the qe monitor errpkt command to configure error packet s detection function on current interface. A switch does not detect error pa cket s on current interface by default. If the switch receives a great [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-14 3.1.19 qe monitor overflow-threshold Syn tax qe monitor overflo w-threshold threshold View System view Parameter threshold : Integer that set s the overall traffic threshold, ranging from 0 to 42949 67295 (in bps). Descr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-15 Use the rdram disable command to disable RDRAM of the device. By default, RDRAM of the device is disabled. Example # Disable RDRAM of the device. <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3C[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-16 Parameter hh:mm : Reboot time, where hh (ho ur) ranges from 0 to 23, and mm (minute) ra nges from 0 to 59. yyyy/mm/dd : Reboot date, where yyyy (year) ranges from 2,000 to 2,099, mm (month) ranges from 1 to 12, and the r[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-17 confirm?[Y/N]:y <3Com> %Apr 6 16:21:03 2005 S7750R CMD/5/REBOOT: aux0: schedule reboot parameters at 16:21:00 2005/04/06. And system will reboot at 22:00:2005 04/06/2005. 3.1.23 schedule reboot delay Syn tax schedu[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-18 Related command: reboot , schedule reboot at , undo schedule reboot , and display schedule reboot . Example # Suppose the current time is 16:26, schedule a reboo t so that the switch reboot s af ter 88 minutes. <3Com&[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-19 Example # S pecify the clock of the HG tunnel betwe en cards to wo rk in the enhanced mode. <3Com> system-view Enter system view, return to user view with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] set backboard enhance 3.1.25 temperature-lim[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – S ystem Maintenance & Debugging Chapter 3 Device Management Commands 3-20 Parameter ip-address : IP address of a interface on the Layer 3 device in the remote p eer . The interface connect s with the local devi c e. Description Use the uplink monitor ip command to enable the Layer 3 con nectiv[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Remote Pi ng T able of Co ntents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Remote Ping Commands ............................................................................................ 1-1 1.1 Remote Pi ng Commands............................................................................................[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Remote Pi ng Chapter 1 Remote Ping Commands 1-1 Chapter 1 Remote Ping Commands 1.1 Remote Ping Commands 1.1.1 count Syntax count times undo count View Remote Ping test group view Parameter times : Number of the test packet s to be transmitted. It is in the range 1 to 15 and defaults to 1. Descript[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Remote Pi ng Chapter 1 Remote Ping Commands 1-2 View Remote Ping test group view Parameter ip-address : Destination IP address in a test. Description Use the destination-ip command to configure the destination IP address in the test. Use the undo destination-ip command to delete the configured des[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Remote Pi ng Chapter 1 Remote Ping Commands 1-3 Example # Use the display remote ping result comma nd to display the test result of the test group whose administrator name is “adm inistrator” and operation tag is “icm p”. <3Com> display remote ping result administrator icmp Remote Pi[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Remote Pi ng Chapter 1 Remote Ping Commands 1-4 Field Description Operation timeout number Number of times of timeout s in the test operation System busy operation number Number of times the test fails becau se the system is busy Connection fail number Number of connection failures Operation seque[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Remote Pi ng Chapter 1 Remote Ping Commands 1-5 Field Description S tatus V a lue of the test result. See the following det ailed description: 1: responce R eceived. It mean s response is received. 2: unknown. It means unknown error . 3: internalError . It means system internal error . 4: requestT[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Remote Pi ng Chapter 1 Remote Ping Commands 1-6 Parameter interval : Automatic test interval. It ranges from 0 to 65535 seconds a nd defaults to 0 meaning no automatic test. Description Use the frequency command to config ure an automatic test interval. Use the undo frequency command to disable au[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Remote Pi ng Chapter 1 Remote Ping Commands 1-7 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] remote ping administrator icmp [3Com-remote ping-administrator-icmp] 1.1.6 remote ping-agent enable Syntax remote ping-agent enable undo remote ping-agent enable View System view Parameter None Des[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Remote Pi ng Chapter 1 Remote Ping Commands 1-8 Description Use the test-enable command to execute an Remote Ping test. Use the undo test-enabl e command to disable an Remote Pin g test.  Note: After you execute the test-enable co mmand, the system does not display t he test result. You may vie[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Remote Pi ng Chapter 1 Remote Ping Commands 1-9 [3Com-remote ping-administrator-icmp] test-type icmp 1.1.9 timeout Syntax timeout time undo timeout View Remote Ping test group view Parameter time : T imeout time. It is in the range of 1 to 60 seconds and default s to 3 seconds. Description Use the[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Hard ware Commands Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Hardware-Dependent So ftware Configur ation Co mmands ..................................... 1-1 1.1 Commands for Boot RO M Upgrade with App File ............................................................. 1-1 1.1.1 boot boot rom [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Hard ware Commands Chapter 1 Hard ware Configuration Comm ands 1-1 Chapter 1 Hardware Configuration Commands 1.1 Commands for Boot ROM Upgrade with App File 1.1.1 boot bootrom default Syn tax boot bootrom default [ slot slot-num ber-li s t ] View User view Parameter slot-number -list : S pecifies [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Hard ware Commands Chapter 1 Hard ware Configuration Comm ands 1-2 Description Use the boot bootrom file - url command to use the specified App file to upgrade the Boot ROMs. Example # Use the specified App fil e ( abcd.app ) to upgrade the Boot ROMs of all normal LPU boards in position. <3Com&[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Hard ware Commands Chapter 1 Hard ware Configuration Comm ands 1-3 Parameter auto : Sets the inter-card li nks are estab lishe d in the auto negotiation mode. fix : Sets the inter-card links are est ablished the fix mode. Description Use the set inlink command to set the mode in whi ch inter-card [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Hard ware Commands Chapter 1 Hard ware Configuration Comm ands 1-4 process, the SRPU can judge whether each se rvice card in the devi ce operates normally . Y ou can also set the maximum numbe r of times the SRPU fails to receive handsha ke packet s. If the number of times the SRPU fails to receiv[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Hard ware Commands Chapter 1 Hard ware Configuration Comm ands 1-5 Y ou can also set the maximum numbe r of times the SRPU fails to receive handsha ke packet s. If the number of times the SRPU fails to receive handsha ke packet s exceeds the upper limit, the switch reset s the proc essing chip aut[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Hard ware Commands Chapter 1 Hard ware Configuration Comm ands 1-6 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] monitor inner-channel [3Com] monitor slot 2 enable[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Pass word Control Table of Contents i Table of Contents Chapter 1 Password Contro l Configurati on Commands.............................................................. 1 1.1 Password Control Co nfiguration Commands ....................................................................... 1 1.1.1 d[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Pass word Control Chapter 1 Password Control Config uration Commands 1 Chapter 1 Password Control Configuration Commands 1.1 Password Control Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display pa ssword-control Syn tax display p assw ord-control View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display p assword[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Pass word Control Chapter 1 Password Control Config uration Commands 2 Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display pass w ord-control command Field Description Password Aging Password aging time Password Length Minimum password length Password history History passw ord recording Password al[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Pass word Control Chapter 1 Password Control Config uration Commands 3 1.1.3 display pass word-control super Syn tax display p assw ord-control super View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display p assw ord-control su per command to display the information a bout the password control fo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Pass word Control Chapter 1 Password Control Config uration Commands 4 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] local-user test New local user added. [3Com-luser-test] password Password:********** confirm:********** # Change the system login p assword for the use r test to 0123 456 789[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Pass word Control Chapter 1 Password Control Config uration Commands 5 alert-time : Alert time period. Whe n the remaining usable time of a p assword is no more than this time, the user is alerted to the fo rthcoming password expi ra tion. It ranges from 1 day to 30 days and defaults to 7 days. au[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Pass word Control Chapter 1 Password Control Config uration Commands 6 # Configure the minimum passwo rd length of the system login passwords to eight characte rs. [3Com] password-control length 8 # Configure the number of p assword attempts allo we d for each user to five. [3Com] password-control[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Pass word Control Chapter 1 Password Control Config uration Commands 7 When the pa sswo rd used to log into the swit ch expi res, the switch requires the user to change the p assword, and automatically saves the history (old) passwo r d to a file in the flash memory . In this way , the switch can [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Pass word Control Chapter 1 Password Control Config uration Commands 8 Display the password control information of the specified user. [3Com]display local-user user-name test The contents of local user test: State: Active ServiceType Mask: T Idle-cut: Disabled Access-limit: Disabled Current Access[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Pass word Control Chapter 1 Password Control Config uration Commands 9 <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] password-control super aging 10 1.1.8 reset password-c ontrol history-record Syn tax reset p assword-control history-reco rd [ usernam e u serna me ][...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Pass word Control Chapter 1 Password Control Config uration Commands 10 View User view Parameter level-value : Privilege level, the history reco rds of the super p assword for the users at this level will be deleted. This value ranges from 1 to 3. Description Use the reset p assw ord-control histo[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Pass word Control Chapter 1 Password Control Config uration Commands 11 <3Com> display password-control blacklist USERNAME IP test 192.168.30.25 tes 192.168.30.24 test2 192.168.30.23 # Delete the user test from the blacklist. <3Com> reset password-control blacklist user-name test Are y[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-1 Appendix A Command Index The command index includes an al phabetical listing of the comman ds for the 3 C om Switch 7750. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z A abr-summary Routing Protocol Command 3-1 access-limit AAA&RADIUS&HWTA [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-2 Command apply cost-type Routing Protocol Command 6-4 apply ip next-hop Routing Protocol Command 6-4 apply isis Routing Protocol Command 6-5 apply local-pref erence Routing Protocol Command 6-6 apply origin Routing Protocol Command 6-6 apply tag Routing P[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-3 auto-build Cluster Command 1-16 auto-execute command Login Comm and 1-2 B balance Routing Protocol Command 5-3 bgp Routing Protocol Command 5-3 binary FTP and TFTP Command 1-4 boot boot-loader System Maintenance and Debugging Command 3-1 boot boot-loader[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-4 C c-bsr Multicast Command 5-2 cd SSH Terminal Service Command 1-26 cd File System Management Command 1-1 cd FTP and TFTP Command 1-6 cdup SSH Terminal Service Command 1-27 cdup FTP and TFTP Command 1-7 check region-configuration MSTP Command 1-2 checkzer[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-5 cost-style Routing Protocol Command 4-2 count Remote Ping Command 1-1 c-rp Multicast Command 5-3 crp-policy Multicast Command 5-4 cut connection AAA&RADIUS&HWTA CACS&EAD Command 1-3 D dampening Routing Protocol Command 5-7 databits Login Comm[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-6 default-route-advertise Routing Protocol Command 4-3 delete SSH Terminal Service Command 1-28 delete File System Management Command 1-3 delete FTP and TFTP Command 1-9 delete static-routes all Routing Protocol Command 1-15 delete-member Cluster Command 1[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-7 dhcp-server ip DHCP Command 2-7 dhcp-snooping DHCP Command 3-1 dhcp-snooping informatio n en able DHCP Command 3-2 dhcp-snooping trust DHCP Command 3-1 dir SSH Terminal Service Command 1-28 dir File System Management Command 1-4 dir FTP and TFTP Command [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-8 display bgp routing-tab le cidr Routing Protocol Command 5-17 display bgp routing-tab le community Routing Protocol Command 5-18 display bgp routing-table com munity-list Routing Protocol Command 5-19 display bgp routing-tab le dampened Routing Protocol [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-9 display dhcp server expired DHCP Command 1-15 display dhcp server free-ip DHCP Command 1-16 display dhcp server ip-in-use DHCP Command 1-17 display dhcp server statistics DHCP Command 1-18 display dhcp server tree DHCP Command 1-20 display dhcp-security [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-10 display habp traffic 802.1x Command 2-2 display history-command CLI Command 1-2 display Remote Ping Remote Ping Command 1-2 display hwtacacs AAA&RADIUS&HWTA CACS&EAD Command 1-55 display icmp statistics IP Address&IP Performance&IPX [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-1 1 display ip socket IP Address&IP Performance&IPX Command 2-4 display ip statistics IP Address&IP Performance&IPX Command 2-6 display ipx interface IP Address&IP Performance&IPX Command 3-1 display ipx routing-table IP Address&[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-12 display logbuffer Infomation Center Command 1-3 display logbuffer summary Infomation Center Command 1-6 display loopback-detection Port Basic Configuration Command 1-9 display mac-address MAC Address Table Command 1-2 display mac-address aging-time MAC [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-13 display ospf interface Routing Protocol Command 3-19 display ospf lsdb Routin g Protocol Command 3-20 display ospf nexthop Routing Protocol Command 3-23 display ospf peer Routing Protoc ol Command 3-24 display ospf request-queue Routing Protocol Command[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-14 display qos cos-local-preced ence-ma p QoS Command 1-2 display qos-interface al l QoS Comman d 1-2 display qos-interface li ne-rate QoS Command 1-3 display qos-interface mirrored -to Mirroring Command 1-2 display qos-interface queue-s cheduler QoS Comma[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-15 Command display snmp-agent SNMP&RMON Command 1-1 display snmp-agent communit y SNMP&RMON Command 1-1 display snmp-agent group SNMP&RMON Command 1-2 display snmp-agent mib-vie w SNMP&RMON Command 1-3 display snmp-agent statistics SNMP&[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-16 Command display trapbuffer Infomation Center Command 1-6 display udp statistics IP Address&IP Performance&IPX Command 2-11 display udp-helper server UDP-Helper Command 1-1 display uplink monitor S ystem Maintenance and Debugging Command 3-9 disp[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-17 dot1x authentication-method 802.1x Command 1-5 dot1x dhcp-launch 802.1x Command 1-6 dot1x guest-vlan 802.1x Command 1-7 dot1x max-user 802.1x Command 1-9 dot1x port-control 802.1x Command 1-10 dot1x port-method 802.1x Command 1-11 dot1x quiet-period 802[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-18 Command filter-policy import Routing Protocol Command 4-12 filter-policy import Routing Protocol Command 5-27 fixdisk File System Management Command 1-6 flow interval Port Basic Configuration Command 1-14 flow-control Login Command 1-6 flow-control Port[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-19 gvrp GVRP Command 1-7 gvrp registration GVRP Command 1-8 H habp enable 802.1x Command 2-3 habp server vlan 802.1x Command 2-4 habp timer 802.1x Command 2-4 hardspeedup Port Basic Configuration Command 1-15 header Login Command 1-8 help SSH Terminal Serv[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-20 Command igmp enable Multicast Command 4-3 igmp group-limit Multicast Com mand 4-4 igmp group-polic y Multicast Command 4-5 igmp group-polic y vlan Multicast Command 4-6 igmp host-join port Multicast Command 4-7 igmp host-join vlan Multicast Command 4-8 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-21 info-center enable Infomation Center Command 1-9 info-center logbuffer Infomation Center Command 1-9 info-center loghost Infomation Center Command 1-10 info-center loghost source Infomation Center Command 1-12 info-center monitor channel Infomation Cent[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-22 Performance&IPX Command ipx encapsulati on IP Address&IP Performance&IPX Command 3-10 ipx netbios-propag ation IP Address&IP Performance&IPX Command 3-10 ipx network IP Address&IP Performance&IPX Command 3-11 ipx rip import-r[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-23 Performance&IPX Command ipx service IP Address&IP Performance&IPX Command 3-21 ipx split-horizon IP Address&IP Performance&IPX Command 3-23 ipx tick IP Address&IP Performance&IPX Command 3-23 ipx update-cha nge- only IP Addre[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-24 Configuration Command K key AAA&RADIUS&HWTA CACS&EAD Command 1-31 key AAA&RADIUS&HWTA CACS&EAD Command 1-58 L lacp enable Link Aggregation Command 1-6 lacp port-priority Link Aggregation Command 1-6 lacp system-priority Link Aggr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-25 Command loopback-detection interv al-tim e Port Basic Configuration Command 1-18 ls SSH Terminal Service Command 1-31 ls FTP and TFTP Command 1-15 M mac-address MAC Address T able Command 1-4 mac-address learning s ync hr onization MAC Address Table Com[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-26 mkdir SSH Terminal Service Command 1-31 mkdir File System Management Command 1-8 mkdir FTP and TFTP Command 1-16 modem Login Command 1-12 modem auto-answer Login Command 1-13 modem timer answer Login Command 1-14 monitor inner-channel Hardware-dependent[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-27 CACS&EAD Command nbns-list DHCP Command 1-26 ndp enable Cluster Command 1-3 ndp timer aging Cluster Command 1-4 ndp timer hello Cluster Command 1-5 netbios-type DHCP Comma nd 1-26 network Routing Protocol Command 2-9 network Routing Protocol Command[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-28 ntp-service unicast-server NTP Command. 1-15 O open FTP and TFTP Command 1-17 option DHCP Command 1-28 ospf Routing Protocol Command 3-36 ospf authentication-mode Routing Protocol Command 3-37 ospf cost Routing Protocol Command 3-38 ospf dr-priority Rou[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-29 Command peer advertise-community Routin g Protocol Command 5-30 peer allow-as-loop Routing Protocol Command 5-31 peer as-number Routing Protocol Command 5-31 peer as-path-acl export Routing Protocol Command 5-32 peer as-path-acl import Routing Protocol [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-30 Command peer-public-key end SSH Terminal Service Command 1-5 pim Multicast Command 5-10 pim bsr-boundary Multicast Command 5-11 pim dm Multicast Command 5-12 pim neighbor-limit Multicast Command 5-13 pim neighbor-policy Multicast Com m and 5-13 pim sm M[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-31 port isolate Port Isolation Command 1-3 port link-aggregation grou p Link Aggregati on Command 1-9 port link-type Port Basic Configuration Command 1-23 port trunk permit vlan Port Basic Configuration Command 1-24 port trunk pvid vlan Port Basic Configur[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-32 public-key-code end SSH Terminal Service Command 1-8 public-key-code end SSH Terminal Service Command 1-19 put SSH Terminal Service Command 1-32 put FTP and TFTP Command 1-18 pwd SSH Terminal Service Command 1-32 pwd File System Management Command 1-10 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-33 CACS&EAD Command radius-scheme AAA&RADIUS&HWT A CACS&EAD Command 1-16 raw-vlan-id inbound QinQ Command 2-1 rdram System Maintenance and Debugging Command 3-15 reboot System Maintenance and Debugging Command 3-15 reboot member Cluster Com[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-34 reset dhcp server ip-in-use DHCP Command 1-30 reset dhcp server statistics DHCP Command 1-30 reset dhcp-server DHCP Command 2-11 reset dhcp-snooping DHCP Command 3-5 reset dns dynamic-host DNS Command 1-7 reset dot1x statistics 802.1x Command 1-20 reset[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-35 reset stop-accounting-buffer AAA&RADIUS&HWTA CACS&EAD Command 1-40 reset stop-accounting-buffer AAA&RADIUS&HWTA CACS&EAD Command 1-63 reset stp MSTP Command 1-8 reset tcp statistics IP Address&IP Performance&IPX Command 2[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-36 rmdir SSH Terminal Service Command 1-34 rmdir File System Management Command 1-13 rmdir FTP and TFTP Command 1-22 rmon alarm SNMP&RMON Command 2-9 rmon event SNMP&RMON Command 2-11 rmon history SNMP&RMON Command 2-12 rmon prialarm SNMP&R[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-37 screen-length Login Command 1-16 secondary accounti ng AAA&RADIUS&HWTA CACS&EAD Command 1-44 secondary accounti ng AAA&RADIUS&HWTA CACS&EAD Command 1-65 secondary authentic ation AAA&RADIUS&HWTA CACS&EAD Command 1-45 [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-38 slave auto-update config VRRP&HA Command 2-1 slave restart VRRP&HA Command 2-2 slave switchover VRRP&HA Command 2-2 slave update configurat io n VRRP&HA Command 2-3 snmp-agent SNMP&RMON Command 1-9 snmp-agent community Login Command [...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-39 spf-delay-interval Routing Protocol Command 4-33 spf-schedule-interval Routing Protoc ol Command 3-52 spf-slice-size Routing Protocol Command 4-33 ssh authentication-type defau l t SSH Terminal Service Command 1-12 ssh client assign rsa-key SSH Terminal[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-40 stp bridge-diameter MSTP Command 1-11 stp config-digest-snooping MST P Command 1-12 stp cost MSTP Command 1-13 stp edged-port MSTP Command 1-14 stp interface MSTP Command 1-15 stp interface config-digest-snooping MST P Command 1-16 stp interface cost MS[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-41 subvlan Extende d VLAN Application Command 3-3 summary Routing Protocol Command 2-19 summary Routing Protocol Command 4-34 summary Routing Protocol Command 5-53 super CLI Command 1-2 super password CLI Command 1-3 supervlan Extende d VLA N Application C[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-42 Command test-type Remote Ping Command 1-8 tftp cluster get Cluster Command 1-33 tftp cluster put Cluster Command 1-34 tftp get FTP and TFTP Command 1-24 tftp put FTP and TFTP Command 1-25 tftp-server Cluster Command 1-34 tftp-server acl FTP and TFTP Com[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-43 traffic-group Traffic Accounting Command 1-8 traffic-limit QoS Command 1-26 traffic-priority QoS Command 1-28 traffic-red QoS Command 1-32 traffic-redirect QoS Command 1-33 traffic-remark-vlanid QoS Command 1-35 traffic-share-across-interface Routing Pr[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-44 vlan all VLAN Command 1-10 vlan to VLAN Command 1-9 vlan-assignment-mode AAA&RADIUS&HWT A CACS&EAD Command 1-21 vlan-mapping modulo MSTP Command 1-47 vlan-vpn enable QinQ Command 1-1 vlan-vpn tunnel MST P Command 1-48 vlan-vpn vid QinQ Comma[...]

3Com Switch 7750 Series Command Reference Guide – Command Index Appendix A Command Indexx A-45[...]